| /* |
| ** 2001 September 15 |
| ** |
| ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of |
| ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: |
| ** |
| ** May you do good and not evil. |
| ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. |
| ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. |
| ** |
| ************************************************************************* |
| ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". |
| ** |
| ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements |
| ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that |
| ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file |
| ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database |
| ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while |
| ** another is writing. |
| */ |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO |
| #include "sqliteInt.h" |
| #include "wal.h" |
| |
| |
| /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ |
| ** |
| ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback |
| ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, |
| ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. |
| ** |
| ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced |
| ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. |
| ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS |
| ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. |
| ** |
| ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if |
| ** one or more of the following are true about the page: |
| ** |
| ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of |
| ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and |
| ** synced. |
| ** |
| ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. |
| ** |
| ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in |
| ** the database file at the start of the transaction. |
| ** |
| ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the |
| ** following are true: |
| ** |
| ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. |
| ** |
| ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire |
| ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence |
| ** number consists of a single page change. |
| ** |
| ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches |
| ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written |
| ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current |
| ** transaction. |
| ** |
| ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size |
| ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. |
| ** |
| ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and |
| ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the |
| ** first 100 bytes of the database file. |
| ** |
| ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal |
| ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. |
| ** |
| ** (6) If a super-journal file is used, then all writes to the database file |
| ** are synced prior to the super-journal being deleted. |
| ** |
| ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) |
| ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to |
| ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf |
| ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence |
| ** of the database. |
| ** |
| ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, |
| ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the |
| ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically |
| ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. |
| ** |
| ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS |
| ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at |
| ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate |
| ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will |
| ** invoke it.) |
| ** |
| ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range |
| ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing |
| ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same |
| ** database to flush their caches. |
| ** |
| ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less |
| ** than one billion transactions. |
| ** |
| ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion |
| ** of every transaction. |
| ** |
| ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to |
| ** the database file. |
| ** |
| ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any |
| ** content out of the database file. |
| ** |
| ******************************************************************************/ |
| |
| /* |
| ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off |
| */ |
| #if 0 |
| int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ |
| #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf |
| #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } |
| #else |
| #define PAGERTRACE(X) |
| #endif |
| |
| /* |
| ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above |
| ** to print out file-descriptors. |
| ** |
| ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The |
| ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file |
| ** struct as its argument. |
| */ |
| #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd)) |
| #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd)) |
| |
| /* |
| ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A |
| ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following |
| ** state diagram. |
| ** |
| ** OPEN <------+------+ |
| ** | | | |
| ** V | | |
| ** +---------> READER-------+ | |
| ** | | | |
| ** | V | |
| ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR |
| ** | | ^ |
| ** | V | |
| ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| |
| ** | | | |
| ** | V | |
| ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| |
| ** | | | |
| ** | V | |
| ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ |
| ** |
| ** |
| ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: |
| ** |
| ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] |
| ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] |
| ** |
| ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] |
| ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] |
| ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] |
| ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] |
| ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] |
| ** |
| ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] |
| ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] |
| ** |
| ** |
| ** OPEN: |
| ** |
| ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this |
| ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is |
| ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. |
| ** |
| ** * No read or write transaction is active. |
| ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. |
| ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. |
| ** |
| ** READER: |
| ** |
| ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in |
| ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently |
| ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is |
| ** open. The database size is known in this state. |
| ** |
| ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when |
| ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state |
| ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection |
| ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in |
| ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way |
| ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN |
| ** is via the ERROR state (see below). |
| ** |
| ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). |
| ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. |
| ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read |
| ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables |
| ** may not be trusted at this point. |
| ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. |
| ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that |
| ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. |
| ** |
| ** WRITER_LOCKED: |
| ** |
| ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction |
| ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks |
| ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual |
| ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. |
| ** |
| ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with |
| ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when |
| ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened |
| ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while |
| ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database |
| ** file. |
| ** |
| ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. |
| ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt |
| ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. |
| ** |
| ** * A write transaction is active. |
| ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater |
| ** lock is held on the database file. |
| ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction |
| ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully |
| ** called). |
| ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. |
| ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. |
| ** * The journal file may or may not be open. |
| ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. |
| ** |
| ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: |
| ** |
| ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is |
| ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file |
| ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the |
| ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. |
| ** |
| ** * A write transaction is active. |
| ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. |
| ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written |
| ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. |
| ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. |
| ** |
| ** WRITER_DBMOD: |
| ** |
| ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state |
| ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections |
| ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, |
| ** just the log file). |
| ** |
| ** * A write transaction is active. |
| ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. |
| ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written |
| ** and synced to disk. |
| ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly |
| ** written to disk). |
| ** |
| ** WRITER_FINISHED: |
| ** |
| ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. |
| ** |
| ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD |
| ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the |
| ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply |
| ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is |
| ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper |
| ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. |
| ** |
| ** * A write transaction is active. |
| ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. |
| ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. |
| ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to |
| ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need |
| ** to rollback the transaction. |
| ** |
| ** ERROR: |
| ** |
| ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including |
| ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it |
| ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, |
| ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. |
| ** |
| ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers |
| ** cannot. |
| ** |
| ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, |
| ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. |
| ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state |
| ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might |
| ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if |
| ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database |
| ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state |
| ** instead of READER following such an error. |
| ** |
| ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager |
| ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all |
| ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to |
| ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the |
| ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything |
| ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) |
| ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning |
| ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered |
| ** from the error. |
| ** |
| ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: |
| ** |
| ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in |
| ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). |
| ** |
| ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file |
| ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). |
| ** |
| ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or |
| ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up |
| ** memory. |
| ** |
| ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree |
| ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition |
| ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. |
| ** |
| ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only |
| ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error |
| ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not |
| ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a |
| ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent |
| ** state. |
| ** |
| ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. |
| ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the |
| ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). |
| ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. |
| ** |
| ** |
| ** Notes: |
| ** |
| ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the |
| ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one |
| ** of the first four states. |
| ** |
| ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN |
| ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has |
| ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are |
| ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". |
| ** |
| ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). |
| */ |
| #define PAGER_OPEN 0 |
| #define PAGER_READER 1 |
| #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 |
| #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 |
| #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 |
| #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 |
| #define PAGER_ERROR 6 |
| |
| /* |
| ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the |
| ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on |
| ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. |
| ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by |
| ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. |
| ** |
| ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY |
| ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not |
| ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and |
| ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated |
| ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the |
| ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set |
| ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held |
| ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. |
| ** |
| ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may |
| ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than |
| ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. |
| ** |
| ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves |
| ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file |
| ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED |
| ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() |
| ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this |
| ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part |
| ** of hot-journal detection. |
| ** |
| ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED |
| ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may |
| ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but |
| ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens |
| ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active |
| ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database |
| ** without rolling it back. |
| ** |
| ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the |
| ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It |
| ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call |
| ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition |
| ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK |
| ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE |
| ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function |
| ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. |
| ** |
| ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in |
| ** PAGER_OPEN state. |
| */ |
| #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) |
| |
| /* |
| ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method |
| ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. |
| ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on |
| ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. |
| */ |
| #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 |
| |
| |
| /* |
| ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active |
| ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures |
| ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and |
| ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). |
| ** |
| ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is |
| ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while |
| ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset |
| ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main |
| ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint |
| ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). |
| */ |
| typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; |
| struct PagerSavepoint { |
| i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ |
| i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ |
| Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ |
| Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ |
| Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ |
| int bTruncateOnRelease; /* If stmt journal may be truncated on RELEASE */ |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL |
| u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ |
| #endif |
| }; |
| |
| /* |
| ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. |
| */ |
| #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ |
| #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ |
| #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ |
| |
| /* |
| ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of |
| ** some of the more important member variables follows: |
| ** |
| ** eState |
| ** |
| ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state |
| ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. |
| ** |
| ** eLock |
| ** |
| ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - |
| ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. |
| ** |
| ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any |
| ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such |
| ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager |
| ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever |
| ** need (and no reason to release them). |
| ** |
| ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to |
| ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for |
| ** details. |
| ** |
| ** changeCountDone |
| ** |
| ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter |
| ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is |
| ** not updated more often than necessary. |
| ** |
| ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which |
| ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. |
| ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is |
| ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, |
| ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of |
| ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. |
| ** |
| ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection |
| ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction |
| ** committed. |
| ** |
| ** setSuper |
| ** |
| ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may |
| ** (or may not) specify a super-journal name to be written into the |
| ** journal file before it is synced to disk. |
| ** |
| ** Whether or not a journal file contains a super-journal pointer affects |
| ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is |
| ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. |
| ** If a journal file does not contain a super-journal pointer, it is |
| ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If |
| ** it does contain a super-journal pointer the journal file is finalized |
| ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were |
| ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. |
| ** |
| ** Journal files that contain super-journal pointers cannot be finalized |
| ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the |
| ** super-journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any |
| ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. |
| ** |
| ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either |
| ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the |
| ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setSuper flag |
| ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). |
| ** |
| ** doNotSpill |
| ** |
| ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by |
| ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data |
| ** to the file-system in order to free up memory). |
| ** |
| ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, |
| ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. |
| ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that |
| ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module |
| ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written |
| ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF |
| ** case is a user preference. |
| ** |
| ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from |
| ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. |
| ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size |
| ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync |
| ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. |
| ** |
| ** subjInMemory |
| ** |
| ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal |
| ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory |
| ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. |
| ** |
| ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new |
| ** write-transaction is opened. |
| ** |
| ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize |
| ** |
| ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. |
| ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for |
| ** OPEN and ERROR). |
| ** |
| ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be |
| ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset |
| ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file |
| ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in |
| ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). |
| ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered |
| ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads |
| ** to dbSize==1). |
| ** |
| ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than |
| ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. |
| ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), |
| ** dbSize is updated. |
| ** |
| ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states |
| ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize |
| ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, |
| ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before |
| ** being modified. |
| ** |
| ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of |
| ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the |
| ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made |
| ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. |
| ** |
| ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress |
| ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, |
| ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates |
| ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), |
| ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() |
| ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. |
| ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case |
| ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be |
| ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, |
| ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. |
| ** |
| ** dbHintSize |
| ** |
| ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to |
| ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. |
| ** |
| ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a |
| ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and |
| ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, |
| ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the |
| ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for |
| ** details. |
| ** |
| ** errCode |
| ** |
| ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It |
| ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode |
| ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX |
| ** sub-codes. |
| ** |
| ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags |
| ** |
| ** syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03). |
| ** syncFlags is used for rollback mode. walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode |
| ** and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the |
| ** lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL |
| ** file in bits 0x04 and 0x08. In other words, to get the correct sync flags |
| ** for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct |
| ** sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03). Note |
| ** that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced |
| ** meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero. |
| */ |
| struct Pager { |
| sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ |
| u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ |
| u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ |
| u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ |
| u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ |
| u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ |
| u8 extraSync; /* sync directory after journal delete */ |
| u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ |
| u8 walSyncFlags; /* See description above */ |
| u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ |
| u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ |
| u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ |
| u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ |
| u8 memVfs; /* VFS-implemented memory database */ |
| |
| /************************************************************************** |
| ** The following block contains those class members that change during |
| ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed |
| ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a |
| ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, |
| ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe |
| ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the |
| ** "configuration" of the pager. |
| */ |
| u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ |
| u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ |
| u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ |
| u8 setSuper; /* Super-jrnl name is written into jrnl */ |
| u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ |
| u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ |
| u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ |
| u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */ |
| Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ |
| Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ |
| Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ |
| Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ |
| int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ |
| int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ |
| u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ |
| u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ |
| Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ |
| sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ |
| sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ |
| sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ |
| i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ |
| i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ |
| sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ |
| PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ |
| int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ |
| u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */ |
| char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ |
| |
| int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ |
| sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ |
| PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ |
| /* |
| ** End of the routinely-changing class members |
| ***************************************************************************/ |
| |
| u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ |
| i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ |
| u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ |
| u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ |
| Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ |
| Pgno lckPgno; /* Page number for the locking page */ |
| i64 pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ |
| i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ |
| char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ |
| char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ |
| int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ |
| void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ |
| int aStat[4]; /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */ |
| #ifdef SQLITE_TEST |
| int nRead; /* Database pages read */ |
| #endif |
| void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ |
| int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */ |
| char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ |
| PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL |
| Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ |
| char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ |
| #endif |
| }; |
| |
| /* |
| ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains |
| ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS |
| ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). |
| */ |
| #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 |
| #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 |
| #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 |
| #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3 |
| |
| /* |
| ** The following global variables hold counters used for |
| ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in |
| ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. |
| */ |
| #ifdef SQLITE_TEST |
| int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ |
| int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ |
| int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ |
| # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ |
| #else |
| # define PAGER_INCR(v) |
| #endif |
| |
| |
| |
| /* |
| ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data |
| ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. |
| ** |
| ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity |
| ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being |
| ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal |
| ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made |
| ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional |
| ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the |
| ** journal and ignore it. |
| ** |
| ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists |
| ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both |
| ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. |
| ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the |
| ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, |
| ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely |
| ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the |
| ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might |
| ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which |
| ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. |
| */ |
| static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { |
| 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, |
| }; |
| |
| /* |
| ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by |
| ** the following macro. |
| */ |
| #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) |
| |
| /* |
| ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same |
| ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). |
| */ |
| #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) |
| |
| /* |
| ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. |
| ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, |
| ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize |
| ** out code that would never execute. |
| */ |
| #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB |
| # define MEMDB 0 |
| #else |
| # define MEMDB pPager->memDb |
| #endif |
| |
| /* |
| ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch |
| ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. |
| */ |
| #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 |
| # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) |
| #else |
| # define USEFETCH(x) 0 |
| #endif |
| |
| /* |
| ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). |
| ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. |
| ** |
| ** This is so that expressions can be written as: |
| ** |
| ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... |
| ** |
| ** instead of |
| ** |
| ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... |
| */ |
| #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0) |
| |
| #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ |
| /* |
| ** Return true if page pgno can be read directly from the database file |
| ** by the b-tree layer. This is the case if: |
| ** |
| ** * the database file is open, |
| ** * there are no dirty pages in the cache, and |
| ** * the desired page is not currently in the wal file. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ |
| if( pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ) return 0; |
| if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager->pPCache) ) return 0; |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL |
| if( pPager->pWal ){ |
| u32 iRead = 0; |
| int rc; |
| rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead); |
| return (rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead==0); |
| } |
| #endif |
| return 1; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL |
| # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0) |
| #else |
| # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 |
| # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 |
| # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 |
| # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK |
| # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK |
| #endif |
| |
| #ifndef NDEBUG |
| /* |
| ** Usage: |
| ** |
| ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| ** |
| ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in |
| ** the internal state of the Pager object. |
| */ |
| static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ |
| Pager *pPager = p; |
| |
| /* State must be valid. */ |
| assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN |
| || p->eState==PAGER_READER |
| || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED |
| || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD |
| || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD |
| || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED |
| || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR |
| ); |
| |
| /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves |
| ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates |
| ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. |
| */ |
| assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); |
| assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); |
| |
| /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". |
| ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. |
| */ |
| assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); |
| assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); |
| |
| /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since |
| ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter |
| ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing |
| ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may |
| ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It |
| ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR |
| ** state. |
| */ |
| if( MEMDB ){ |
| assert( !isOpen(p->fd) ); |
| assert( p->noSync ); |
| assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF |
| || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY |
| ); |
| assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); |
| assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); |
| } |
| |
| /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held |
| ** on the file. |
| */ |
| assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); |
| assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); |
| |
| switch( p->eState ){ |
| case PAGER_OPEN: |
| assert( !MEMDB ); |
| assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); |
| assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); |
| break; |
| |
| case PAGER_READER: |
| assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); |
| assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); |
| assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); |
| break; |
| |
| case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: |
| assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); |
| assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); |
| if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); |
| } |
| assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); |
| assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); |
| assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); |
| assert( pPager->setSuper==0 ); |
| break; |
| |
| case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: |
| assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); |
| assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); |
| if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the |
| ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during |
| ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off |
| ** to journal_mode=wal. |
| */ |
| assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); |
| assert( isOpen(p->jfd) |
| || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF |
| || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL |
| ); |
| } |
| assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); |
| assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); |
| break; |
| |
| case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: |
| assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); |
| assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); |
| assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); |
| assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); |
| assert( isOpen(p->jfd) |
| || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF |
| || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL |
| || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) |
| ); |
| assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); |
| break; |
| |
| case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: |
| assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); |
| assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); |
| assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); |
| assert( isOpen(p->jfd) |
| || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF |
| || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL |
| || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) |
| ); |
| break; |
| |
| case PAGER_ERROR: |
| /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if |
| ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped |
| ** back to OPEN state. |
| */ |
| assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); |
| assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile ); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| return 1; |
| } |
| #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ |
| |
| #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG |
| /* |
| ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer |
| ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This |
| ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative |
| ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: |
| ** |
| ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) |
| ** |
| ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings |
| ** about an unused function. It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does |
| ** not appear in normal builds. |
| */ |
| char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ |
| static char zRet[1024]; |
| |
| sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, |
| "Filename: %s\n" |
| "State: %s errCode=%d\n" |
| "Lock: %s\n" |
| "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" |
| "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" |
| "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" |
| "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" |
| "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" |
| , p->zFilename |
| , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : |
| p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : |
| p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : |
| p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : |
| p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : |
| p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : |
| p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" |
| , (int)p->errCode |
| , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : |
| p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : |
| p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : |
| p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : |
| p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" |
| , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" |
| , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : |
| p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : |
| p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : |
| p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : |
| p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : |
| p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" |
| , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal |
| , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr |
| , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize |
| ); |
| |
| return zRet; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* Forward references to the various page getters */ |
| static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); |
| static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); |
| #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 |
| static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); |
| #endif |
| |
| /* |
| ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch |
| ** content from the pager. |
| */ |
| static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){ |
| if( pPager->errCode ){ |
| pPager->xGet = getPageError; |
| #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 |
| }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ |
| pPager->xGet = getPageMMap; |
| #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ |
| }else{ |
| pPager->xGet = getPageNormal; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. |
| ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one |
| ** or more open savepoints for which: |
| ** |
| ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and |
| ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in |
| ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. |
| */ |
| static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ |
| Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; |
| PagerSavepoint *p; |
| Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; |
| int i; |
| for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ |
| p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; |
| if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ |
| for(i=i+1; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ |
| pPager->aSavepoint[i].bTruncateOnRelease = 0; |
| } |
| return 1; |
| } |
| } |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG |
| /* |
| ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. |
| */ |
| static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ |
| return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* |
| ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer |
| ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an |
| ** error code is something goes wrong. |
| ** |
| ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. |
| */ |
| static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ |
| unsigned char ac[4]; |
| int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. |
| */ |
| #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) |
| |
| |
| /* |
| ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK |
| ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. |
| */ |
| static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ |
| char ac[4]; |
| put32bits(ac, val); |
| return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK |
| ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() |
| ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. |
| ** |
| ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is |
| ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of |
| ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. |
| */ |
| static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| |
| assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); |
| assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); |
| assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); |
| if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ |
| assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); |
| rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); |
| if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ |
| pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; |
| } |
| IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) |
| } |
| pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; /* ticket fb3b3024ea238d5c */ |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, |
| ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the |
| ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. |
| ** |
| ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is |
| ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. |
| ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation |
| ** of this. |
| */ |
| static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| |
| assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); |
| if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ |
| rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ |
| pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; |
| IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) |
| } |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or |
| ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The |
| ** atomic-write optimization can be used if: |
| ** |
| ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that |
| ** a database page may be written atomically, and |
| ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal |
| ** to the page size. |
| ** |
| ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal |
| ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page. |
| ** |
| ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics() |
| ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is |
| ** returned in this case. |
| ** |
| ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned. |
| */ |
| static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ |
| assert( !MEMDB ); |
| |
| #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \ |
| || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) |
| int dc; /* Device characteristics */ |
| |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); |
| dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); |
| #else |
| UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager); |
| #endif |
| |
| #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE |
| if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){ |
| return -1; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE |
| { |
| int nSector = pPager->sectorSize; |
| int szPage = pPager->pageSize; |
| |
| assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); |
| assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); |
| if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ |
| return 0; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); |
| #endif |
| |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking |
| ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing |
| ** and debugging only. |
| */ |
| #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES |
| /* |
| ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. |
| */ |
| static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ |
| u32 hash = 0; |
| int i; |
| for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ |
| hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; |
| } |
| return hash; |
| } |
| static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ |
| return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); |
| } |
| static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ |
| pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES |
| ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks |
| ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. |
| */ |
| #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) |
| static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ |
| Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; |
| assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); |
| assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); |
| } |
| |
| #else |
| #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 |
| #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 |
| #define pager_set_pagehash(X) |
| #define CHECK_PAGE(x) |
| #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ |
| |
| /* |
| ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. |
| ** This function attempts to read a super-journal file name from the |
| ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied |
| ** by the caller. See comments above writeSuperJournal() for the format |
| ** used to store a super-journal file name at the end of a journal file. |
| ** |
| ** zSuper must point to a buffer of at least nSuper bytes allocated by |
| ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is |
| ** enough space to write the super-journal name). If the super-journal |
| ** name in the journal is longer than nSuper bytes (including a |
| ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no super-journal name |
| ** were present in the journal. |
| ** |
| ** If a super-journal file name is present at the end of the journal |
| ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zSuper. A |
| ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the |
| ** super-journal file name. |
| ** |
| ** If it is determined that no super-journal file name is present |
| ** zSuper[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. |
| ** |
| ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite |
| ** error code is returned. |
| */ |
| static int readSuperJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zSuper, u32 nSuper){ |
| int rc; /* Return code */ |
| u32 len; /* Length in bytes of super-journal name */ |
| i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ |
| u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ |
| u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ |
| unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ |
| zSuper[0] = '\0'; |
| |
| if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) |
| || szJ<16 |
| || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) |
| || len>=nSuper |
| || len>szJ-16 |
| || len==0 |
| || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) |
| || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) |
| || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) |
| || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zSuper, len, szJ-16-len)) |
| ){ |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* See if the checksum matches the super-journal name */ |
| for(u=0; u<len; u++){ |
| cksum -= zSuper[u]; |
| } |
| if( cksum ){ |
| /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors |
| ** containing the super-journal filename is corrupted. This means |
| ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) |
| ** super-journal filename. |
| */ |
| len = 0; |
| } |
| zSuper[len] = '\0'; |
| zSuper[len+1] = '\0'; |
| |
| return SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately |
| ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector |
| ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. |
| ** |
| ** i.e for a sector size of 512: |
| ** |
| ** Pager.journalOff Return value |
| ** --------------------------------------- |
| ** 0 0 |
| ** 512 512 |
| ** 100 512 |
| ** 2000 2048 |
| ** |
| */ |
| static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ |
| i64 offset = 0; |
| i64 c = pPager->journalOff; |
| if( c ){ |
| offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); |
| } |
| assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); |
| assert( offset>=c ); |
| assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); |
| return offset; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. |
| ** |
| ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to |
| ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). |
| ** |
| ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is |
| ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, |
| ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, |
| ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately |
| ** after writing or truncating it. |
| ** |
| ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and |
| ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the |
| ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the |
| ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does |
| ** not need to be synced following this operation. |
| ** |
| ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. |
| ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. |
| */ |
| static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); |
| assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ); |
| if( pPager->journalOff ){ |
| const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ |
| |
| IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) |
| if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); |
| }else{ |
| static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; |
| rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); |
| } |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); |
| } |
| |
| /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock |
| ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for |
| ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more |
| ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need |
| ** to sync the file following this operation. |
| */ |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ |
| i64 sz; |
| rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal |
| ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the |
| ** current location. |
| ** |
| ** The format for the journal header is as follows: |
| ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. |
| ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. |
| ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. |
| ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. |
| ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. |
| ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. |
| ** |
| ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. |
| */ |
| static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ |
| char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ |
| u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ |
| u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ |
| int ii; /* Loop counter */ |
| |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ |
| |
| if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ |
| nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); |
| } |
| |
| /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created |
| ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the |
| ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. |
| */ |
| for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ |
| if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ |
| pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); |
| |
| /* |
| ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this |
| ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. |
| ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, |
| ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number |
| ** of records (see syncJournal()). |
| ** |
| ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When |
| ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the |
| ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption |
| ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal |
| ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios |
| ** where this risk can be ignored: |
| ** |
| ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a |
| ** power failure in this case anyway. |
| ** |
| ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees |
| ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. |
| */ |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); |
| if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) |
| || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) |
| ){ |
| memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); |
| put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); |
| }else{ |
| memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); |
| } |
| |
| /* The random check-hash initializer */ |
| sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); |
| put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); |
| /* The initial database size */ |
| put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); |
| /* The assumed sector size for this process */ |
| put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); |
| |
| /* The page size */ |
| put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); |
| |
| /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything |
| ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing |
| ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to |
| ** take the performance hit. |
| */ |
| memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, |
| nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); |
| |
| /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the |
| ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the |
| ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next |
| ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file |
| ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). |
| ** |
| ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can |
| ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, |
| ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of |
| ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what |
| ** is done. |
| ** |
| ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the |
| ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize |
| ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required |
| ** to populate the entire journal header sector. |
| */ |
| for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ |
| IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) |
| rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); |
| assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); |
| pPager->journalOff += nHeader; |
| } |
| |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file |
| ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal |
| ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by |
| ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for |
| ** a description of the journal header format. |
| ** |
| ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of |
| ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the |
| ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit |
| ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned |
| ** in this case. |
| ** |
| ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is |
| ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes |
| ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. |
| */ |
| static int readJournalHdr( |
| Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ |
| int isHot, |
| i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ |
| u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ |
| u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ |
| ){ |
| int rc; /* Return code */ |
| unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ |
| i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ |
| |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ |
| |
| /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the |
| ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this |
| ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. |
| */ |
| pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); |
| if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ |
| return SQLITE_DONE; |
| } |
| iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; |
| |
| /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match |
| ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return |
| ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, |
| ** proceed. |
| */ |
| if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); |
| if( rc ){ |
| return rc; |
| } |
| if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ |
| return SQLITE_DONE; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec |
| ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start |
| ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. |
| */ |
| if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) |
| || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) |
| || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) |
| ){ |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ |
| u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ |
| u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ |
| |
| /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ |
| if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) |
| || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) |
| ){ |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the |
| ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize |
| ** variable is already set to the correct page size. |
| */ |
| if( iPageSize==0 ){ |
| iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; |
| } |
| |
| /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields |
| ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power |
| ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their |
| ** respective compile time maximum limits. |
| */ |
| if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 |
| || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE |
| || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 |
| ){ |
| /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is |
| ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have |
| ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading |
| ** the journal file here. |
| */ |
| return SQLITE_DONE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. |
| ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within |
| ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. |
| */ |
| rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); |
| testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); |
| |
| /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by |
| ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was |
| ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine |
| ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value |
| ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. |
| */ |
| pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; |
| } |
| |
| pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* |
| ** Write the supplied super-journal name into the journal file for pager |
| ** pPager at the current location. The super-journal name must be the last |
| ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the |
| ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before |
| ** anything is written. The format is: |
| ** |
| ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_SJ_PGNO. |
| ** + N bytes: super-journal filename in utf-8. |
| ** + 4 bytes: N (length of super-journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). |
| ** + 4 bytes: super-journal name checksum. |
| ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. |
| ** |
| ** The super-journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in thesuper-journal |
| ** name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. |
| ** |
| ** If zSuper is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), |
| ** this call is a no-op. |
| */ |
| static int writeSuperJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){ |
| int rc; /* Return code */ |
| int nSuper; /* Length of string zSuper */ |
| i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ |
| i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ |
| u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zSuper */ |
| |
| assert( pPager->setSuper==0 ); |
| assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); |
| |
| if( !zSuper |
| || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY |
| || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) |
| ){ |
| return SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| pPager->setSuper = 1; |
| assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); |
| |
| /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zSuper */ |
| for(nSuper=0; zSuper[nSuper]; nSuper++){ |
| cksum += zSuper[nSuper]; |
| } |
| |
| /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing |
| ** the super-journal name. This is in case the previous page written to |
| ** the journal has already been synced. |
| */ |
| if( pPager->fullSync ){ |
| pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); |
| } |
| iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; |
| |
| /* Write the super-journal data to the end of the journal file. If |
| ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. |
| */ |
| if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager)))) |
| || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zSuper, nSuper, iHdrOff+4))) |
| || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper, nSuper))) |
| || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper+4, cksum))) |
| || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, |
| iHdrOff+4+nSuper+8))) |
| ){ |
| return rc; |
| } |
| pPager->journalOff += (nSuper+20); |
| |
| /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical |
| ** journal-file may extend past the end of the super-journal name |
| ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is |
| ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file |
| ** will not be able to find the super-journal name to determine |
| ** whether or not the journal is hot. |
| ** |
| ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal |
| ** file to the required size. |
| */ |
| if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) |
| && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff |
| ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. |
| */ |
| static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ |
| pPager->iDataVersion++; |
| sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); |
| sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value |
| */ |
| u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){ |
| return pPager->iDataVersion; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both |
| ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal |
| ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. |
| */ |
| static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ |
| int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ |
| for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ |
| sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); |
| } |
| if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ |
| sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); |
| } |
| sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); |
| pPager->aSavepoint = 0; |
| pPager->nSavepoint = 0; |
| pPager->nSubRec = 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint |
| ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful |
| ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. |
| */ |
| static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ |
| int ii; /* Loop counter */ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ |
| |
| for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ |
| PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; |
| if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ |
| rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); |
| testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); |
| assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); |
| } |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not |
| ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN |
| ** state. |
| ** |
| ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is |
| ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does |
| ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is |
| ** closed (if it is open). |
| ** |
| ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the |
| ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to |
| ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode |
| ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated |
| ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction |
| ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). |
| */ |
| static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ |
| |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER |
| || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN |
| || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR |
| ); |
| |
| sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); |
| pPager->pInJournal = 0; |
| releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); |
| |
| if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); |
| sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); |
| pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; |
| }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ |
| int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ |
| int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; |
| |
| /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then |
| ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise |
| ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file |
| ** out from under us. |
| */ |
| assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); |
| assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); |
| assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); |
| assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); |
| assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); |
| assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); |
| if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) |
| || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) |
| ){ |
| sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); |
| } |
| |
| /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database |
| ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment |
| ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this |
| ** is necessary. |
| */ |
| rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ |
| pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; |
| } |
| |
| /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here |
| ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error |
| ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. |
| */ |
| assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); |
| pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; |
| } |
| |
| /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be |
| ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, |
| ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both |
| ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. |
| */ |
| assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); |
| if( pPager->errCode ){ |
| if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ |
| pager_reset(pPager); |
| pPager->changeCountDone = 0; |
| pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; |
| }else{ |
| pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER); |
| } |
| if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); |
| pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; |
| setGetterMethod(pPager); |
| } |
| |
| pPager->journalOff = 0; |
| pPager->journalHdr = 0; |
| pPager->setSuper = 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires |
| ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. |
| ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second |
| ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The |
| ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. |
| ** |
| ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the |
| ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code |
| ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, |
| ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. |
| ** |
| ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache |
| ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding |
| ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when |
| ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need |
| ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if |
| ** it were a hot-journal). |
| */ |
| static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ |
| int rc2 = rc & 0xff; |
| assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); |
| assert( |
| pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || |
| pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || |
| (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR |
| ); |
| if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ |
| pPager->errCode = rc; |
| pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; |
| setGetterMethod(pPager); |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); |
| |
| /* |
| ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1) |
| ** or rolled back (bCommit==0). |
| ** |
| ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk. |
| ** |
| ** Rules: |
| ** |
| ** * For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk. This is necessary |
| ** for transactions to be durable. |
| ** |
| ** * Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing |
| ** file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and |
| ** when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total |
| ** cache size. |
| */ |
| static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){ |
| if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1; |
| if( !bCommit ) return 0; |
| if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0; |
| return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by |
| ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called |
| ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening |
| ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a |
| ** database transaction. |
| ** |
| ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called |
| ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less |
| ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. |
| ** |
| ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. |
| ** |
| ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal |
| ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a |
| ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this |
| ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized |
| ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and |
| ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: |
| ** |
| ** journalMode==MEMORY |
| ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an |
| ** in-memory journal. |
| ** |
| ** journalMode==TRUNCATE |
| ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. |
| ** |
| ** journalMode==PERSIST |
| ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates |
| ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal |
| ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. |
| ** |
| ** journalMode==DELETE |
| ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). |
| ** |
| ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing |
| ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is |
| ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under |
| ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. |
| ** |
| ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. |
| ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is |
| ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. |
| ** |
| ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during |
| ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the |
| ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the |
| ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still |
| ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the |
| ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related |
| ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is |
| ** returned. |
| */ |
| static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasSuper, int bCommit){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ |
| int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ |
| |
| /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction |
| ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there |
| ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is |
| ** held under two circumstances: |
| ** |
| ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with |
| ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. |
| ** |
| ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE |
| ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a |
| ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER |
| ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. |
| */ |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); |
| if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ |
| return SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| |
| releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 |
| || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) |
| ); |
| if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ |
| assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); |
| |
| /* Finalize the journal file. */ |
| if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){ |
| /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */ |
| sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); |
| }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ |
| if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ |
| rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| }else{ |
| rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){ |
| /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away. |
| ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and |
| ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See |
| ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773 |
| */ |
| rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); |
| } |
| } |
| pPager->journalOff = 0; |
| }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST |
| || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) |
| ){ |
| rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasSuper||pPager->tempFile); |
| pPager->journalOff = 0; |
| }else{ |
| /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if |
| ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal |
| ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to |
| ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. |
| */ |
| int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile; |
| assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 ); |
| assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE |
| || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY |
| || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL |
| ); |
| sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); |
| if( bDelete ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES |
| sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); |
| if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ |
| PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1); |
| if( p ){ |
| p->pageHash = 0; |
| sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); |
| } |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); |
| pPager->pInJournal = 0; |
| pPager->nRec = 0; |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){ |
| sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); |
| }else{ |
| sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache); |
| } |
| sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); |
| } |
| |
| if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in |
| ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE |
| ** lock held on the database file. |
| */ |
| rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); |
| assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); |
| }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ |
| /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal |
| ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. |
| ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction |
| ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the |
| ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum |
| ** required size. */ |
| assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); |
| rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); |
| } |
| |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| |
| if( !pPager->exclusiveMode |
| && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) |
| ){ |
| rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); |
| } |
| pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; |
| pPager->setSuper = 0; |
| |
| return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the |
| ** database file. |
| ** |
| ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt |
| ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The |
| ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock |
| ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this |
| ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next |
| ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) |
| ** will roll it back. |
| ** |
| ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or |
| ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause |
| ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the |
| ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. |
| */ |
| static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ |
| if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ |
| sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); |
| sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); |
| sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); |
| }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); |
| pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); |
| } |
| } |
| pager_unlock(pPager); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes |
| ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the |
| ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. |
| ** |
| ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the |
| ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte |
| ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). |
| ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. |
| ** |
| ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an |
| ** incompatible journal file format. |
| ** |
| ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely |
| ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. |
| ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be |
| ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, |
| ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. |
| */ |
| static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ |
| u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ |
| int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ |
| while( i>0 ){ |
| cksum += aData[i]; |
| i -= 200; |
| } |
| return cksum; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or |
| ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. |
| ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset |
| ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. |
| ** |
| ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does |
| ** not. |
| ** |
| ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file |
| ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is |
| ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. |
| ** |
| ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already |
| ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back |
| ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. |
| ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set |
| ** prior to returning. |
| ** |
| ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file |
| ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs |
| ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing |
| ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data |
| ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be |
| ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in |
| ** two circumstances: |
| ** |
| ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_SJ_PGNO), or |
| ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file |
| ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. |
| ** |
| ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. |
| ** |
| ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically |
| ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, |
| ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. |
| */ |
| static int pager_playback_one_page( |
| Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ |
| i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ |
| Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ |
| int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ |
| int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ |
| ){ |
| int rc; |
| PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ |
| Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ |
| u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ |
| char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ |
| sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ |
| int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ |
| |
| assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ |
| assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ |
| assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ |
| assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ |
| |
| aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; |
| assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ |
| assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); |
| |
| /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction |
| ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is |
| ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager |
| ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback |
| ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. |
| */ |
| assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD |
| || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) |
| ); |
| assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); |
| |
| /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal |
| ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. |
| */ |
| jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; |
| rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; |
| rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; |
| *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; |
| |
| /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally |
| ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, |
| ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to |
| ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. |
| */ |
| if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ |
| assert( !isSavepnt ); |
| return SQLITE_DONE; |
| } |
| if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ |
| return SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| if( isMainJrnl ){ |
| rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); |
| if( rc ) return rc; |
| if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ |
| return SQLITE_DONE; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* If this page has already been played back before during the current |
| ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. |
| */ |
| if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting |
| */ |
| if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ |
| pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; |
| } |
| |
| /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this |
| ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, |
| ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. |
| ** |
| ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode |
| ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may |
| ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs |
| ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache |
| ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not |
| ** assert()able. |
| ** |
| ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the |
| ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked |
| ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for |
| ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty |
| ** if the pager is in OPEN state. |
| ** |
| ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is |
| ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. |
| ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement |
| ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a |
| ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know |
| ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback |
| ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the |
| ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can |
| ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be |
| ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be |
| ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced |
| ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else |
| ** the page is marked as needSync==0. |
| ** |
| ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it |
| ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. |
| ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. |
| */ |
| if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| pPg = 0; |
| }else{ |
| pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); |
| } |
| assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); |
| assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile ); |
| PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", |
| PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), |
| (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") |
| )); |
| if( isMainJrnl ){ |
| isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); |
| }else{ |
| isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); |
| } |
| if( isOpen(pPager->fd) |
| && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) |
| && isSynced |
| ){ |
| i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; |
| testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); |
| assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); |
| |
| /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file. |
| ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data |
| ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception |
| ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that |
| ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database |
| ** file. */ |
| rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); |
| |
| if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ |
| pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; |
| } |
| if( pPager->pBackup ){ |
| sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); |
| } |
| }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ |
| /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to |
| ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential |
| ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it |
| ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be |
| ** current. |
| ** |
| ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite |
| ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen |
| ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then |
| ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). |
| ** |
| ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing |
| ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty |
| ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as |
| ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. |
| */ |
| assert( isSavepnt ); |
| assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); |
| pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; |
| rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); |
| assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); |
| pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; |
| sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); |
| } |
| if( pPg ){ |
| /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except |
| ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the |
| ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result |
| ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to |
| ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). |
| */ |
| void *pData; |
| pData = pPg->pData; |
| memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); |
| pPager->xReiniter(pPg); |
| /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here. But |
| ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache |
| ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so |
| ** has been removed. */ |
| pager_set_pagehash(pPg); |
| |
| /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. |
| ** Do this before any decoding. */ |
| if( pgno==1 ){ |
| memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); |
| } |
| sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Parameter zSuper is the name of a super-journal file. A single journal |
| ** file that referred to the super-journal file has just been rolled back. |
| ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the super-journal file, |
| ** and does so if it is. |
| ** |
| ** Argument zSuper may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not |
| ** available for use within this function. |
| ** |
| ** When a super-journal file is created, it is populated with the names |
| ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 |
| ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a |
| ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a super-journal |
| ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: |
| ** |
| ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" |
| ** |
| ** A super-journal file may only be deleted once all of its child |
| ** journals have been rolled back. |
| ** |
| ** This function reads the contents of the super-journal file into |
| ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For |
| ** each child journal, it checks if: |
| ** |
| ** * if the child journal exists, and if so |
| ** * if the child journal contains a reference to super-journal |
| ** file zSuper |
| ** |
| ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria |
| ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if |
| ** no such child journal can be found, file zSuper is deleted from |
| ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). |
| ** |
| ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This |
| ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation |
| ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors |
| ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. |
| ** |
| ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load |
| ** the entire contents of the super-journal file. This could be |
| ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page |
| ** size. |
| */ |
| static int pager_delsuper(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){ |
| sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; |
| int rc; /* Return code */ |
| sqlite3_file *pSuper; /* Malloc'd super-journal file descriptor */ |
| sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ |
| char *zSuperJournal = 0; /* Contents of super-journal file */ |
| i64 nSuperJournal; /* Size of super-journal file */ |
| char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ |
| char *zSuperPtr; /* Space to hold super-journal filename */ |
| char *zFree = 0; /* Free this buffer */ |
| int nSuperPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zSuperPtr[] */ |
| |
| /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pSuper file descriptors. |
| ** If successful, open the super-journal file for reading. |
| */ |
| pSuper = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); |
| if( !pSuper ){ |
| rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; |
| pJournal = 0; |
| }else{ |
| const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL); |
| rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zSuper, pSuper, flags, 0); |
| pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pSuper) + pVfs->szOsFile); |
| } |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out; |
| |
| /* Load the entire super-journal file into space obtained from |
| ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zSuperJournal. Also obtain |
| ** sufficient space (in zSuperPtr) to hold the names of super-journal |
| ** files extracted from regular rollback-journals. |
| */ |
| rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pSuper, &nSuperJournal); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out; |
| nSuperPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; |
| zFree = sqlite3Malloc(4 + nSuperJournal + nSuperPtr + 2); |
| if( !zFree ){ |
| rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; |
| goto delsuper_out; |
| } |
| zFree[0] = zFree[1] = zFree[2] = zFree[3] = 0; |
| zSuperJournal = &zFree[4]; |
| zSuperPtr = &zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+2]; |
| rc = sqlite3OsRead(pSuper, zSuperJournal, (int)nSuperJournal, 0); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out; |
| zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal] = 0; |
| zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+1] = 0; |
| |
| zJournal = zSuperJournal; |
| while( (zJournal-zSuperJournal)<nSuperJournal ){ |
| int exists; |
| rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| goto delsuper_out; |
| } |
| if( exists ){ |
| /* One of the journals pointed to by the super-journal exists. |
| ** Open it and check if it points at the super-journal. If |
| ** so, return without deleting the super-journal file. |
| ** NB: zJournal is really a MAIN_JOURNAL. But call it a |
| ** SUPER_JOURNAL here so that the VFS will not send the zJournal |
| ** name into sqlite3_database_file_object(). |
| */ |
| int c; |
| int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL); |
| rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| goto delsuper_out; |
| } |
| |
| rc = readSuperJournal(pJournal, zSuperPtr, nSuperPtr); |
| sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| goto delsuper_out; |
| } |
| |
| c = zSuperPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zSuperPtr, zSuper)==0; |
| if( c ){ |
| /* We have a match. Do not delete the super-journal file. */ |
| goto delsuper_out; |
| } |
| } |
| zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); |
| } |
| |
| sqlite3OsClose(pSuper); |
| rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 0); |
| |
| delsuper_out: |
| sqlite3_free(zFree); |
| if( pSuper ){ |
| sqlite3OsClose(pSuper); |
| assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); |
| sqlite3_free(pSuper); |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* |
| ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database |
| ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, |
| ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). |
| ** |
| ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either |
| ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size |
| ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). |
| ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS |
| ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. |
| ** |
| ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than |
| ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if |
| ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it |
| ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to |
| ** the end of the new file instead. |
| ** |
| ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying |
| ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. |
| */ |
| static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); |
| assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); |
| |
| if( isOpen(pPager->fd) |
| && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) |
| ){ |
| i64 currentSize, newSize; |
| int szPage = pPager->pageSize; |
| assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); |
| /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ |
| rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); |
| newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ |
| if( currentSize>newSize ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); |
| }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ |
| char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; |
| memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); |
| testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); |
| testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); |
| sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &newSize); |
| rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); |
| } |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The |
| ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ |
| int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); |
| if( iRet<32 ){ |
| iRet = 512; |
| }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ |
| assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); |
| iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; |
| } |
| return iRet; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given |
| ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method |
| ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used |
| ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and |
| ** super-journal pointers within created journal files. |
| ** |
| ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. |
| ** |
| ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is |
| ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if |
| ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it |
| ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. |
| ** |
| ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set |
| ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of |
| ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that |
| ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in |
| ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero |
| ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector |
| ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, |
| ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. |
| */ |
| static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); |
| |
| if( pPager->tempFile |
| || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & |
| SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 |
| ){ |
| /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file |
| ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() |
| ** call will segfault. */ |
| pPager->sectorSize = 512; |
| }else{ |
| pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to |
| ** the state it was in before we started making changes. |
| ** |
| ** The journal file format is as follows: |
| ** |
| ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. |
| ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records |
| ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the |
| ** number of page records from the journal size. |
| ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the |
| ** sanity checksum. |
| ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the |
| ** database to during a rollback. |
| ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header |
| ** is this many bytes in size. |
| ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. |
| ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. |
| ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: |
| ** + 4 byte page number. |
| ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. |
| ** + 4 byte checksum |
| ** |
| ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. |
| ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. |
| ** |
| ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of |
| ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the |
| ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power |
| ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the |
| ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but |
| ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, |
| ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For |
| ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. |
| ** |
| ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed |
| ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the |
| ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption |
| ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be |
| ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. |
| ** |
| ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed |
| ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled |
| ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file |
| ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had |
| ** been encountered. |
| ** |
| ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted |
| ** and an error code is returned. |
| ** |
| ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal |
| ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is |
| ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. |
| ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling |
| ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is |
| ** needed. |
| */ |
| static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ |
| sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; |
| i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ |
| u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ |
| u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ |
| Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ |
| int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ |
| int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ |
| char *zSuper = 0; /* Name of super-journal file if any */ |
| int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ |
| int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ |
| u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize; |
| |
| /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if |
| ** the journal is empty. |
| */ |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); |
| rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| goto end_playback; |
| } |
| |
| /* Read the super-journal name from the journal, if it is present. |
| ** If a super-journal file name is specified, but the file is not |
| ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be |
| ** played back. |
| ** |
| ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that |
| ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that |
| ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, |
| ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value |
| ** for pageSize. |
| */ |
| zSuper = pPager->pTmpSpace; |
| rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zSuper, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); |
| } |
| zSuper = 0; |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ |
| goto end_playback; |
| } |
| pPager->journalOff = 0; |
| needPagerReset = isHot; |
| |
| /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or |
| ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error |
| ** occurs. |
| */ |
| while( 1 ){ |
| /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are |
| ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or |
| ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. |
| ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. |
| */ |
| rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ |
| rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| goto end_playback; |
| } |
| |
| /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process |
| ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal |
| ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute |
| ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. |
| */ |
| if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ |
| assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); |
| nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); |
| } |
| |
| /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this |
| ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means |
| ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been |
| ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining |
| ** size of the file. |
| ** |
| ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. |
| ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next |
| ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But |
| ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in |
| ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional |
| ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages |
| ** should be computed based on the journal file size. |
| */ |
| if( nRec==0 && !isHot && |
| pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ |
| nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); |
| } |
| |
| /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the |
| ** database file back to its original size. |
| */ |
| if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ |
| rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| goto end_playback; |
| } |
| pPager->dbSize = mxPg; |
| if( pPager->mxPgno<mxPg ){ |
| pPager->mxPgno = mxPg; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the |
| ** database file and/or page cache. |
| */ |
| for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ |
| if( needPagerReset ){ |
| pager_reset(pPager); |
| needPagerReset = 0; |
| } |
| rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| nPlayback++; |
| }else{ |
| if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ |
| pPager->journalOff = szJ; |
| break; |
| }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ |
| /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and |
| ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was |
| ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that |
| ** case, the database should have never been written in the |
| ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ |
| rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| goto end_playback; |
| }else{ |
| /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error |
| ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state |
| ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next |
| ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. |
| */ |
| goto end_playback; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| /*NOTREACHED*/ |
| assert( 0 ); |
| |
| end_playback: |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1); |
| } |
| /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original |
| ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the |
| ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the |
| ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. |
| */ |
| #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG |
| sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); |
| #endif |
| |
| /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or |
| ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but |
| ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter |
| ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive |
| ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not |
| ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency |
| ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just |
| ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. |
| */ |
| pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; |
| |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| /* Leave 4 bytes of space before the super-journal filename in memory. |
| ** This is because it may end up being passed to sqlite3OsOpen(), in |
| ** which case it requires 4 0x00 bytes in memory immediately before |
| ** the filename. */ |
| zSuper = &pPager->pTmpSpace[4]; |
| rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); |
| testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); |
| } |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK |
| && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) |
| ){ |
| rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); |
| } |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zSuper[0]!='\0', 0); |
| testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); |
| } |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] && res ){ |
| /* If there was a super-journal and this routine will return success, |
| ** see if it is possible to delete the super-journal. |
| */ |
| assert( zSuper==&pPager->pTmpSpace[4] ); |
| memset(&zSuper[-4], 0, 4); |
| rc = pager_delsuper(pPager, zSuper); |
| testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); |
| } |
| if( isHot && nPlayback ){ |
| sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", |
| nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); |
| } |
| |
| /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling |
| ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size |
| ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. |
| */ |
| setSectorSize(pPager); |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* |
| ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of |
| ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into |
| ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database |
| ** file before this function is called. |
| ** |
| ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to |
| ** the value read from the database file. |
| ** |
| ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. |
| ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. |
| */ |
| static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){ |
| Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ |
| |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL |
| u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */ |
| |
| assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); |
| |
| if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); |
| if( rc ) return rc; |
| } |
| if( iFrame ){ |
| rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData); |
| }else |
| #endif |
| { |
| i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; |
| rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ |
| rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if( pPg->pgno==1 ){ |
| if( rc ){ |
| /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something |
| ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy |
| ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be |
| ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 |
| ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling |
| ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. |
| ** |
| ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes |
| ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of |
| ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so |
| ** we should still be ok. |
| */ |
| memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); |
| }else{ |
| u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; |
| memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); |
| } |
| } |
| PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); |
| PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); |
| IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)); |
| PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", |
| PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); |
| |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in |
| ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. |
| ** |
| ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() |
| ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually |
| ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. |
| */ |
| static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ |
| u32 change_counter; |
| if( NEVER(pPg==0) ) return; |
| |
| /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ |
| change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; |
| put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); |
| |
| /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in |
| ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number |
| ** is valid. */ |
| put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); |
| put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); |
| } |
| |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL |
| /* |
| ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been |
| ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. |
| ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument |
| ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. |
| ** |
| ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, |
| ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding |
| ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the |
| ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, |
| ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. |
| */ |
| static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; |
| PgHdr *pPg; |
| |
| assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); |
| pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); |
| if( pPg ){ |
| if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ |
| sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); |
| }else{ |
| rc = readDbPage(pPg); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| pPager->xReiniter(pPg); |
| } |
| sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are |
| ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the |
| ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as |
| ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one |
| ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore |
| ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, |
| ** the backups must be restarted. |
| */ |
| sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); |
| |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. |
| */ |
| static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ |
| int rc; /* Return Code */ |
| PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ |
| |
| /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already |
| ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the |
| ** following: |
| ** |
| ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or |
| ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). |
| */ |
| pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; |
| rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); |
| pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); |
| while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; |
| rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); |
| pList = pNext; |
| } |
| |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging |
| ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), |
| ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have |
| ** changed. |
| ** |
| ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. |
| ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. |
| */ |
| static int pagerWalFrames( |
| Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ |
| PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ |
| Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ |
| int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ |
| ){ |
| int rc; /* Return code */ |
| int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ |
| PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ |
| |
| assert( pPager->pWal ); |
| assert( pList ); |
| #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG |
| /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ |
| for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ |
| assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); |
| if( isCommit ){ |
| /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing |
| ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. |
| ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty |
| ** list here. */ |
| PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; |
| nList = 0; |
| for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ |
| if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ |
| ppNext = &p->pDirty; |
| nList++; |
| } |
| } |
| assert( pList ); |
| }else{ |
| nList = 1; |
| } |
| pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; |
| |
| if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); |
| rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, |
| pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags |
| ); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ |
| for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ |
| sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES |
| pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); |
| for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ |
| pager_set_pagehash(p); |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. |
| ** |
| ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially |
| ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves |
| ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by |
| ** other writers or checkpointers. |
| */ |
| static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ |
| int rc; /* Return code */ |
| int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ |
| |
| assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); |
| |
| /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous |
| ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we |
| ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, |
| ** the duplicate call is harmless. |
| */ |
| sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); |
| |
| rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ |
| pager_reset(pPager); |
| if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); |
| } |
| |
| return rc; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* |
| ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN |
| ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file |
| ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). |
| ** |
| ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database |
| ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps |
| ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. |
| */ |
| static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ |
| Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ |
| |
| /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() |
| ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or |
| ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not |
| ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or |
| ** contains no valid committed transactions. |
| */ |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); |
| assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); |
| assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); |
| nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); |
| |
| /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the |
| ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of |
| ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an |
| ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result. |
| */ |
| if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){ |
| i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ |
| int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| return rc; |
| } |
| nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); |
| } |
| |
| /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the |
| ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so |
| ** that the file can be read. |
| */ |
| if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ |
| pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; |
| } |
| |
| *pnPage = nPage; |
| return SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL |
| /* |
| ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager |
| ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does |
| ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. |
| ** |
| ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager |
| ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and |
| ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to |
| ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. |
| ** |
| ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. |
| ** |
| ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this |
| ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete |
| ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition |
| ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some |
| ** other connection. |
| */ |
| static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); |
| assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); |
| |
| if( !pPager->tempFile ){ |
| int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ |
| rc = sqlite3OsAccess( |
| pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal |
| ); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| if( isWal ){ |
| Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ |
| |
| rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); |
| if( rc ) return rc; |
| if( nPage==0 ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); |
| }else{ |
| testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); |
| rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); |
| } |
| }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ |
| pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* |
| ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback |
| ** the entire super-journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when |
| ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction |
| ** savepoint. |
| ** |
| ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is |
| ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, |
| ** performed in the order specified: |
| ** |
| ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte |
| ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to |
| ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal |
| ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. |
| ** |
| ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played |
| ** back starting from the journal header immediately following |
| ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. |
| ** |
| ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting |
| ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of |
| ** the journal file. |
| ** |
| ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the |
| ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the |
| ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only |
| ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. |
| ** |
| ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main |
| ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. |
| ** |
| ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable |
| ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint |
| ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value |
| ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. |
| */ |
| static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ |
| i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ |
| i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ |
| Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ |
| |
| assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); |
| assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); |
| |
| /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ |
| if( pSavepoint ){ |
| pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); |
| if( !pDone ){ |
| return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint |
| ** being reverted was opened. |
| */ |
| pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; |
| pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; |
| |
| if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); |
| } |
| |
| /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback |
| ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in |
| ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything |
| ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. |
| */ |
| szJ = pPager->journalOff; |
| assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); |
| |
| /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at |
| ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. |
| ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number |
| ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those |
| ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they |
| ** are played back. |
| */ |
| if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; |
| pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; |
| while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ |
| rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); |
| } |
| assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); |
| }else{ |
| pPager->journalOff = 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at |
| ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end |
| ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and |
| ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. |
| */ |
| while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ |
| u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ |
| u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ |
| u32 dummy; |
| rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); |
| assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); |
| |
| /* |
| ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" |
| ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the |
| ** pager_playback() function for additional information. |
| */ |
| if( nJRec==0 |
| && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff |
| ){ |
| nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); |
| } |
| for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ |
| rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); |
| } |
| assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); |
| } |
| assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); |
| |
| /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were |
| ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) |
| ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. |
| */ |
| if( pSavepoint ){ |
| u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ |
| i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); |
| |
| if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); |
| } |
| for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ |
| assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); |
| rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); |
| } |
| assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); |
| } |
| |
| sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| pPager->journalOff = szJ; |
| } |
| |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed |
| ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages. |
| */ |
| void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ |
| sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed |
| ** before attempting to spill pages to journal. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ |
| return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. |
| */ |
| static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ |
| #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 |
| sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; |
| if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ |
| sqlite3_int64 sz; |
| sz = pPager->szMmap; |
| pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); |
| setGetterMethod(pPager); |
| sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); |
| } |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. |
| */ |
| void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ |
| pPager->szMmap = szMmap; |
| pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. |
| */ |
| void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ |
| sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. |
| ** |
| ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness |
| ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by |
| ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. |
| ** There are four levels: |
| ** |
| ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default |
| ** for temporary and transient files. |
| ** |
| ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the |
| ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but |
| ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, |
| ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal |
| ** in a state which would cause damage to the database |
| ** when it is rolled back. |
| ** |
| ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the |
| ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field |
| ** of the journal header - being written in between the two |
| ** syncs). If we assume that writing a |
| ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides |
| ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the |
| ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. |
| ** |
| ** EXTRA This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory |
| ** that contains the rollback journal after the rollback |
| ** journal is unlinked. |
| ** |
| ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues |
| ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced |
| ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced |
| ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL |
| ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for |
| ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL |
| ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the |
| ** syncs associated with NORMAL. There is no difference between FULL |
| ** and EXTRA for WAL mode. |
| ** |
| ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The |
| ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync |
| ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an |
| ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL |
| ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the |
| ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when |
| ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. |
| ** |
| ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, |
| ** and FULL=3. |
| */ |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS |
| void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( |
| Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ |
| unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ |
| ){ |
| unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; |
| if( pPager->tempFile ){ |
| pPager->noSync = 1; |
| pPager->fullSync = 0; |
| pPager->extraSync = 0; |
| }else{ |
| pPager->noSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0; |
| pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0; |
| pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0; |
| } |
| if( pPager->noSync ){ |
| pPager->syncFlags = 0; |
| }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ |
| pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; |
| }else{ |
| pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; |
| } |
| pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2); |
| if( pPager->fullSync ){ |
| pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags; |
| } |
| if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){ |
| pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2); |
| } |
| if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ |
| pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; |
| }else{ |
| pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; |
| } |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* |
| ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library |
| ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for |
| ** testing and analysis only. |
| */ |
| #ifdef SQLITE_TEST |
| int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; |
| #endif |
| |
| /* |
| ** Open a temporary file. |
| ** |
| ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success |
| ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically |
| ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. |
| ** |
| ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified |
| ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: |
| ** |
| ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
| ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
| ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
| ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
| */ |
| static int pagerOpentemp( |
| Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ |
| sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ |
| int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ |
| ){ |
| int rc; /* Return code */ |
| |
| #ifdef SQLITE_TEST |
| sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ |
| #endif |
| |
| vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | |
| SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; |
| rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); |
| assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Set the busy handler function. |
| ** |
| ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns |
| ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, |
| ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE |
| ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from |
| ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE |
| ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: |
| ** |
| ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler |
| ** -------------------------------------------------------- |
| ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes |
| ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No |
| ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No |
| ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes |
| ** |
| ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is |
| ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is |
| ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. |
| */ |
| void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler( |
| Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ |
| int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ |
| void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ |
| ){ |
| void **ap; |
| pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; |
| pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; |
| ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; |
| assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); |
| assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); |
| sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size |
| ** is passed in *pPageSize. |
| ** |
| ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it |
| ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. |
| ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). |
| ** |
| ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: |
| ** |
| ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power |
| ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and |
| ** |
| ** * there are no outstanding page references, and |
| ** |
| ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is |
| ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. |
| ** |
| ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. |
| ** |
| ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() |
| ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt |
| ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. |
| ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. |
| ** |
| ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated |
| ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this |
| ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, |
| ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| |
| /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this |
| ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state |
| ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. |
| ** |
| ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in |
| ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that |
| ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function |
| ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. |
| */ |
| |
| u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; |
| assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); |
| if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) |
| && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 |
| && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize |
| ){ |
| char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ |
| i64 nByte = 0; |
| |
| if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); |
| } |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| /* 8 bytes of zeroed overrun space is sufficient so that the b-tree |
| * cell header parser will never run off the end of the allocation */ |
| pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize+8); |
| if( !pNew ){ |
| rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; |
| }else{ |
| memset(pNew+pageSize, 0, 8); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| pager_reset(pPager); |
| rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); |
| } |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); |
| pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; |
| pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); |
| pPager->pageSize = pageSize; |
| pPager->lckPgno = (Pgno)(PENDING_BYTE/pageSize) + 1; |
| }else{ |
| sqlite3PageFree(pNew); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; |
| assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); |
| pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; |
| pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally |
| ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the |
| ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally |
| ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback |
| ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as |
| ** no rollbacks are happening. |
| */ |
| void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ |
| return pPager->pTmpSpace; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. |
| ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the |
| ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. |
| ** |
| ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. |
| */ |
| Pgno sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, Pgno mxPage){ |
| if( mxPage>0 ){ |
| pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; |
| } |
| assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ |
| /* assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); */ |
| /* OP_MaxPgcnt ensures that the parameter passed to this function is not |
| ** less than the total number of valid pages in the database. But this |
| ** may be less than Pager.dbSize, and so the assert() above is not valid */ |
| return pPager->mxPgno; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated |
| ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated |
| ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. |
| ** |
| ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops |
| ** and generate no code. |
| */ |
| #ifdef SQLITE_TEST |
| extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; |
| extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; |
| static int saved_cnt; |
| void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ |
| saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; |
| sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; |
| } |
| void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ |
| sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; |
| } |
| #else |
| # define disable_simulated_io_errors() |
| # define enable_simulated_io_errors() |
| #endif |
| |
| /* |
| ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory |
| ** that pDest points to. |
| ** |
| ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or |
| ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is |
| ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this |
| ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or |
| ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. |
| ** |
| ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, |
| ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the |
| ** output buffer undefined. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| memset(pDest, 0, N); |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); |
| |
| /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating |
| ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition |
| ** to WAL mode yet. |
| */ |
| assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); |
| |
| if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ |
| IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) |
| rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ |
| rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on |
| ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. |
| ** |
| ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then |
| ** this is considered a 1 page file. |
| */ |
| void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ |
| assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); |
| assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); |
| *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* |
| ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If |
| ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op |
| ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). |
| ** |
| ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke |
| ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat |
| ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to |
| ** obtain the lock succeeds. |
| ** |
| ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain |
| ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state |
| ** variable to locktype before returning. |
| */ |
| static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ |
| int rc; /* Return code */ |
| |
| /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is |
| ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler |
| ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above |
| ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). |
| */ |
| assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) |
| || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) |
| || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) |
| ); |
| |
| do { |
| rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); |
| }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the |
| ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: |
| ** |
| ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the |
| ** current database image, in pages, OR |
| ** |
| ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not |
| ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal. |
| ** |
| ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the |
| ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() |
| ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to |
| ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after |
| ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current |
| ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either |
| ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and |
| ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the |
| ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that |
| ** this circumstance cannot arise. |
| */ |
| #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) |
| static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ |
| Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; |
| assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); |
| if( pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize ){ /* if (a) is false */ |
| Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; |
| int i; |
| for(i=0; i<pPg->pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ |
| PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; |
| assert( p->nOrig<pgno || sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint,pgno) ); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ |
| sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); |
| } |
| #else |
| # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) |
| #endif |
| |
| /* |
| ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This |
| ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It |
| ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the |
| ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. |
| ** |
| ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. |
| ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be |
| ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and |
| ** then continue writing to the database. |
| */ |
| void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ |
| assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage || CORRUPT_DB ); |
| assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); |
| pPager->dbSize = nPage; |
| |
| /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to |
| ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, |
| ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint |
| ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled |
| ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only |
| ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the |
| ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), |
| ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call |
| ** is no longer correct. */ |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* |
| ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It |
| ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the |
| ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows |
| ** that the entire journal file has been synced. |
| ** |
| ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures |
| ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that |
| ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal |
| ** content as this process. |
| ** |
| ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, |
| ** an SQLite error code. |
| */ |
| static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| if( !pPager->noSync ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); |
| } |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 |
| /* |
| ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. |
| ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). |
| ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference |
| ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set |
| ** *ppPage to zero. |
| ** |
| ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released |
| ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). |
| */ |
| static int pagerAcquireMapPage( |
| Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ |
| Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ |
| void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ |
| PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ |
| ){ |
| PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ |
| |
| if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ |
| *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; |
| pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; |
| p->pDirty = 0; |
| assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 ); |
| memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8); |
| }else{ |
| *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); |
| if( p==0 ){ |
| sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); |
| return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; |
| } |
| p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; |
| p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; |
| p->nRef = 1; |
| p->pPager = pPager; |
| } |
| |
| assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); |
| assert( p->pPage==0 ); |
| assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); |
| assert( p->pPager==pPager ); |
| assert( p->nRef==1 ); |
| |
| p->pgno = pgno; |
| p->pData = pData; |
| pPager->nMmapOut++; |
| |
| return SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* |
| ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an |
| ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). |
| */ |
| static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ |
| Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; |
| pPager->nMmapOut--; |
| pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; |
| pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; |
| |
| assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); |
| sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. |
| */ |
| static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ |
| PgHdr *p; |
| PgHdr *pNext; |
| for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ |
| pNext = p->pDirty; |
| sqlite3_free(p); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from |
| ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought |
| ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error |
| ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. |
| */ |
| static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ |
| int bHasMoved = 0; |
| int rc; |
| |
| if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; |
| if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; |
| assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); |
| rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ |
| /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file |
| ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to |
| ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ |
| rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ |
| rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* |
| ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. |
| ** |
| ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that |
| ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated |
| ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated |
| ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely |
| ** result in a coredump. |
| ** |
| ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt |
| ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback |
| ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned |
| ** to the caller. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ |
| u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace; |
| assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| disable_simulated_io_errors(); |
| sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); |
| pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); |
| /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ |
| pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL |
| { |
| u8 *a = 0; |
| assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 ); |
| if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) |
| && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager) |
| ){ |
| a = pTmp; |
| } |
| sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a); |
| pPager->pWal = 0; |
| } |
| #endif |
| pager_reset(pPager); |
| if( MEMDB ){ |
| pager_unlock(pPager); |
| }else{ |
| /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. |
| ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal |
| ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs |
| ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. |
| ** |
| ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager |
| ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the |
| ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it |
| ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal |
| ** rollback before accessing the database file. |
| */ |
| if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ |
| pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); |
| } |
| pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); |
| } |
| sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); |
| enable_simulated_io_errors(); |
| PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); |
| IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) |
| sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); |
| sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); |
| sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); |
| sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); |
| assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); |
| assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); |
| |
| sqlite3_free(pPager); |
| return SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| |
| #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) |
| /* |
| ** Return the page number for page pPg. |
| */ |
| Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ |
| return pPg->pgno; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* |
| ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. |
| */ |
| void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ |
| sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have |
| ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the |
| ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. |
| ** |
| ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. |
| ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the |
| ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: |
| ** |
| ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need |
| ** be taken. |
| ** |
| ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, |
| ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header |
| ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have |
| ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync |
| ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. |
| ** |
| ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then |
| ** journal file is synced. |
| ** |
| ** Or, in pseudo-code: |
| ** |
| ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ |
| ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ |
| ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); |
| ** <update nRec field> |
| ** } |
| ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); |
| ** } |
| ** |
| ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every |
| ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO |
| ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. |
| */ |
| static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ |
| int rc; /* Return code */ |
| |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD |
| || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD |
| ); |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); |
| |
| rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; |
| |
| if( !pPager->noSync ){ |
| assert( !pPager->tempFile ); |
| if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ |
| const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); |
| |
| if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ |
| /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection |
| ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal |
| ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger |
| ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal |
| ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the |
| ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure |
| ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes |
| ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its |
| ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the |
| ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all |
| ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, |
| ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. |
| ** |
| ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain |
| ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 |
| ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. |
| ** |
| ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this |
| ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used |
| ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of |
| ** the potential journal header. |
| */ |
| i64 iNextHdrOffset; |
| u8 aMagic[8]; |
| u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; |
| |
| memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); |
| put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); |
| |
| iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); |
| rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ |
| static const u8 zerobyte = 0; |
| rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); |
| } |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in |
| ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that |
| ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark |
| ** it as a candidate for rollback. |
| ** |
| ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the |
| ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible |
| ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field |
| ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written |
| ** and never needs to be updated. |
| */ |
| if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ |
| PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); |
| IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) |
| rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; |
| } |
| IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); |
| rc = sqlite3OsWrite( |
| pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr |
| ); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; |
| } |
| if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ |
| PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); |
| IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) |
| rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| |
| (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) |
| ); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; |
| } |
| |
| pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; |
| if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ |
| pPager->nRec = 0; |
| rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; |
| } |
| }else{ |
| pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just |
| ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on |
| ** all pages. |
| */ |
| sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); |
| pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| return SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected |
| ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the |
| ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may |
| ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is |
| ** a no-op. |
| ** |
| ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function |
| ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock |
| ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, |
| ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. |
| ** |
| ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file |
| ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is |
| ** written out. |
| ** |
| ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, |
| ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing |
| ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: |
| ** |
| ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or |
| ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. |
| ** |
| ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize |
| ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached |
| ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in |
| ** the database file. |
| ** |
| ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error |
| ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot |
| ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. |
| */ |
| static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ |
| |
| /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ |
| assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); |
| assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); |
| assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 ); |
| |
| /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It |
| ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch |
| ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. |
| */ |
| if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ |
| assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); |
| rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); |
| } |
| |
| /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final |
| ** file size will be. |
| */ |
| assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK |
| && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize |
| && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) |
| ){ |
| sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; |
| sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); |
| pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; |
| } |
| |
| while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ |
| Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; |
| |
| /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater |
| ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to |
| ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write |
| ** any such pages to the file. |
| ** |
| ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag |
| ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). |
| */ |
| if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ |
| i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ |
| char *pData; /* Data to write */ |
| |
| assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); |
| if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); |
| |
| pData = pList->pData; |
| |
| /* Write out the page data. */ |
| rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); |
| |
| /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match |
| ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this |
| ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. |
| */ |
| if( pgno==1 ){ |
| memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); |
| } |
| if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ |
| pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; |
| } |
| pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; |
| |
| /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ |
| sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); |
| |
| PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", |
| PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); |
| IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); |
| PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); |
| }else{ |
| PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); |
| } |
| pager_set_pagehash(pList); |
| pList = pList->pDirty; |
| } |
| |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this |
| ** function is a no-op. |
| ** |
| ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An |
| ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() |
| ** fails. |
| */ |
| static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ |
| const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
| | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
| | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; |
| int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; |
| if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ |
| nStmtSpill = -1; |
| } |
| rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill); |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. |
| ** |
| ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs |
| ** for all open savepoints before returning. |
| ** |
| ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO |
| ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or |
| ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint |
| ** bitvec. |
| */ |
| static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; |
| if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ |
| |
| /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ |
| assert( pPager->useJournal ); |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); |
| assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) |
| || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) |
| || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize |
| ); |
| rc = openSubJournal(pPager); |
| |
| /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), |
| ** write the journal record into the file. */ |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| void *pData = pPg->pData; |
| i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); |
| char *pData2; |
| pData2 = pData; |
| PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); |
| rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| pPager->nSubRec++; |
| assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); |
| rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ |
| if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ |
| return subjournalPage(pPg); |
| }else{ |
| return SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some |
| ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object |
| ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory |
| ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is |
| ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page |
| ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first |
| ** argument. |
| ** |
| ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents |
| ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the |
| ** journal file. |
| ** |
| ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and |
| ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the |
| ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be |
| ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK |
| ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. |
| */ |
| static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ |
| Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| |
| assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); |
| assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); |
| |
| /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of |
| ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs |
| ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple |
| ** pages belonging to the same sector. |
| ** |
| ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling |
| ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during |
| ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. |
| ** |
| ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could |
| ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it |
| ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 |
| ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to |
| ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() |
| ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. |
| */ |
| if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; |
| testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); |
| testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); |
| testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); |
| if( pPager->doNotSpill |
| && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 |
| || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) |
| ){ |
| return SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| |
| pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++; |
| pPg->pDirty = 0; |
| if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ |
| rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); |
| } |
| }else{ |
| |
| #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE |
| if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ |
| rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc); |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* Sync the journal file if required. */ |
| if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC |
| || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD |
| ){ |
| rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); |
| } |
| |
| /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); |
| rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Mark the page as clean. */ |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); |
| sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); |
| } |
| |
| return pager_error(pPager, rc); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ |
| int rc = pPager->errCode; |
| if( !MEMDB ){ |
| PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ |
| PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; |
| if( pList->nRef==0 ){ |
| rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList); |
| } |
| pList = pNext; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it |
| ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it |
| ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). |
| ** |
| ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. |
| ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created |
| ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted |
| ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then |
| ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. |
| ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. |
| ** |
| ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated |
| ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user |
| ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. When a new page is allocated, the |
| ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized. |
| ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.) |
| ** |
| ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the |
| ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination |
| ** of the PAGER_* flags. |
| ** |
| ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter |
| ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. |
| ** |
| ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened |
| ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to |
| ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL |
| ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM |
| ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or |
| ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerOpen( |
| sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ |
| Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ |
| const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ |
| int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ |
| int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ |
| int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ |
| void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ |
| ){ |
| u8 *pPtr; |
| Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ |
| int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ |
| int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DESERIALIZE |
| int memJM = 0; /* Memory journal mode */ |
| #else |
| # define memJM 0 |
| #endif |
| int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ |
| int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ |
| char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ |
| int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ |
| int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ |
| int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ |
| u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ |
| const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ |
| int nUriByte = 1; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ |
| int nUri = 0; /* Number of URI parameters */ |
| |
| /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle |
| ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). */ |
| journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); |
| |
| /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ |
| *ppPager = 0; |
| |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB |
| if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ |
| memDb = 1; |
| if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ |
| zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); |
| if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; |
| nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); |
| zFilename = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed |
| ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, |
| ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. |
| */ |
| if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ |
| const char *z; |
| nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; |
| zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); |
| if( zPathname==0 ){ |
| return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; |
| } |
| zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ |
| rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK_SYMLINK ){ |
| if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW ){ |
| rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK; |
| }else{ |
| rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); |
| z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; |
| while( *z ){ |
| z += strlen(z)+1; |
| z += strlen(z)+1; |
| nUri++; |
| } |
| nUriByte = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); |
| assert( nUriByte>=1 ); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ |
| /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by |
| ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname |
| ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, |
| ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even |
| ** check for a hot-journal before reading. |
| */ |
| rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; |
| } |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); |
| return rc; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the |
| ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal |
| ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: |
| ** |
| ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) |
| ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) |
| ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) |
| ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) |
| ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) |
| ** Ptr back to the Pager (sizeof(Pager*) bytes) |
| ** \0\0\0\0 database prefix (4 bytes) |
| ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) |
| ** URI query parameters (nUriByte bytes) |
| ** Journal filename (nPathname+8+1 bytes) |
| ** WAL filename (nPathname+4+1 bytes) |
| ** \0\0\0 terminator (3 bytes) |
| ** |
| ** Some 3rd-party software, over which we have no control, depends on |
| ** the specific order of the filenames and the \0 separators between them |
| ** so that it can (for example) find the database filename given the WAL |
| ** filename without using the sqlite3_filename_database() API. This is a |
| ** misuse of SQLite and a bug in the 3rd-party software, but the 3rd-party |
| ** software is in widespread use, so we try to avoid changing the filename |
| ** order and formatting if possible. In particular, the details of the |
| ** filename format expected by 3rd-party software should be as follows: |
| ** |
| ** - Main Database Path |
| ** - \0 |
| ** - Multiple URI components consisting of: |
| ** - Key |
| ** - \0 |
| ** - Value |
| ** - \0 |
| ** - \0 |
| ** - Journal Path |
| ** - \0 |
| ** - WAL Path (zWALName) |
| ** - \0 |
| ** |
| ** The sqlite3_create_filename() interface and the databaseFilename() utility |
| ** that is used by sqlite3_filename_database() and kin also depend on the |
| ** specific formatting and order of the various filenames, so if the format |
| ** changes here, be sure to change it there as well. |
| */ |
| pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( |
| ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ |
| ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ |
| ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ |
| journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ |
| sizeof(pPager) + /* Space to hold a pointer */ |
| 4 + /* Database prefix */ |
| nPathname + 1 + /* database filename */ |
| nUriByte + /* query parameters */ |
| nPathname + 8 + 1 + /* Journal filename */ |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL |
| nPathname + 4 + 1 + /* WAL filename */ |
| #endif |
| 3 /* Terminator */ |
| ); |
| assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); |
| if( !pPtr ){ |
| sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); |
| return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; |
| } |
| pPager = (Pager*)pPtr; pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)); |
| pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)pPtr; pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize); |
| pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr; pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile); |
| pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr; pPtr += journalFileSize; |
| pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr; pPtr += journalFileSize; |
| assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); |
| memcpy(pPtr, &pPager, sizeof(pPager)); pPtr += sizeof(pPager); |
| |
| /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and pPager.zQueryParam fields */ |
| pPtr += 4; /* Skip zero prefix */ |
| pPager->zFilename = (char*)pPtr; |
| if( nPathname>0 ){ |
| memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname); pPtr += nPathname + 1; |
| if( zUri ){ |
| memcpy(pPtr, zUri, nUriByte); pPtr += nUriByte; |
| }else{ |
| pPtr++; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* Fill in Pager.zJournal */ |
| if( nPathname>0 ){ |
| pPager->zJournal = (char*)pPtr; |
| memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname); pPtr += nPathname; |
| memcpy(pPtr, "-journal",8); pPtr += 8 + 1; |
| #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES |
| sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename,pPager->zJournal); |
| pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zJournal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zJournal)+1); |
| #endif |
| }else{ |
| pPager->zJournal = 0; |
| } |
| |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL |
| /* Fill in Pager.zWal */ |
| if( nPathname>0 ){ |
| pPager->zWal = (char*)pPtr; |
| memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname); pPtr += nPathname; |
| memcpy(pPtr, "-wal", 4); pPtr += 4 + 1; |
| #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES |
| sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename, pPager->zWal); |
| pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zWal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zWal)+1); |
| #endif |
| }else{ |
| pPager->zWal = 0; |
| } |
| #endif |
| (void)pPtr; /* Suppress warning about unused pPtr value */ |
| |
| if( nPathname ) sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); |
| pPager->pVfs = pVfs; |
| pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; |
| |
| /* Open the pager file. |
| */ |
| if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ |
| int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ |
| rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); |
| assert( !memDb ); |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DESERIALIZE |
| pPager->memVfs = memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0; |
| #endif |
| readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0; |
| |
| /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, |
| ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the |
| ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: |
| ** |
| ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, |
| ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() |
| ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. |
| */ |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); |
| if( !readOnly ){ |
| setSectorSize(pPager); |
| assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); |
| if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ |
| if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ |
| szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; |
| }else{ |
| szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; |
| } |
| } |
| #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE |
| { |
| int ii; |
| assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); |
| assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); |
| assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); |
| for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ |
| if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ |
| szPageDflt = ii; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| #endif |
| } |
| pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "nolock", 0); |
| if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 |
| || sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ |
| vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; |
| goto act_like_temp_file; |
| } |
| } |
| }else{ |
| /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. |
| ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually |
| ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). |
| ** |
| ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory |
| ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to |
| ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. |
| ** |
| ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. |
| */ |
| act_like_temp_file: |
| tempFile = 1; |
| pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ |
| pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */ |
| pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ |
| readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); |
| } |
| |
| /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of |
| ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. |
| */ |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); |
| rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); |
| testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); |
| } |
| |
| /* Initialize the PCache object. */ |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); |
| assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 ); |
| rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, |
| !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); |
| } |
| |
| /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file. |
| */ |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); |
| sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); |
| sqlite3_free(pPager); |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); |
| IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) |
| |
| pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; |
| /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ |
| /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ |
| /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ |
| /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ |
| /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ |
| /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ |
| pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; |
| /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ |
| /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ |
| pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; |
| assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL |
| || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); |
| assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); |
| pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; |
| pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; |
| pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; |
| pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; |
| assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); |
| pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; |
| if( pPager->noSync ){ |
| assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); |
| assert( pPager->extraSync==0 ); |
| assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); |
| assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); |
| }else{ |
| pPager->fullSync = 1; |
| pPager->extraSync = 0; |
| pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; |
| pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2); |
| } |
| /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ |
| /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ |
| /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ |
| pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; |
| pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); |
| setSectorSize(pPager); |
| if( !useJournal ){ |
| pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; |
| }else if( memDb || memJM ){ |
| pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; |
| } |
| /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ |
| /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ |
| pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; |
| setGetterMethod(pPager); |
| /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ |
| /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ |
| |
| *ppPager = pPager; |
| return SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return the sqlite3_file for the main database given the name |
| ** of the corresonding WAL or Journal name as passed into |
| ** xOpen. |
| */ |
| sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char *zName){ |
| Pager *pPager; |
| while( zName[-1]!=0 || zName[-2]!=0 || zName[-3]!=0 || zName[-4]!=0 ){ |
| zName--; |
| } |
| pPager = *(Pager**)(zName - 4 - sizeof(Pager*)); |
| return pPager->fd; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* |
| ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to |
| ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in |
| ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that |
| ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal |
| ** file exists if the following criteria are met: |
| ** |
| ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and |
| ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and |
| ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and |
| ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. |
| ** |
| ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file |
| ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior |
| ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is |
| ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK |
| ** is returned. |
| ** |
| ** This routine does not check if there is a super-journal filename |
| ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that super-journal file |
| ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this |
| ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() |
| ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and |
| ** will not roll it back. |
| ** |
| ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and |
| ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is |
| ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying |
| ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error |
| ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. |
| */ |
| static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ |
| sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ |
| int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ |
| int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); |
| |
| assert( pPager->useJournal ); |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); |
| |
| assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & |
| SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN |
| )); |
| |
| *pExists = 0; |
| if( !jrnlOpen ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); |
| } |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ |
| int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ |
| |
| /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the |
| ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() |
| ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before |
| ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that |
| ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when |
| ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will |
| ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. |
| */ |
| rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ |
| Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ |
| |
| assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); |
| rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the |
| ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where |
| ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial |
| ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. |
| ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care |
| ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to |
| ** journal_mode=PERSIST. |
| */ |
| if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ |
| sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); |
| if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); |
| if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); |
| } |
| sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); |
| }else{ |
| /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved |
| ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is |
| ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. |
| ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, |
| ** it can be ignored. |
| */ |
| if( !jrnlOpen ){ |
| int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; |
| rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); |
| } |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| u8 first = 0; |
| rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ |
| rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| if( !jrnlOpen ){ |
| sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); |
| } |
| *pExists = (first!=0); |
| }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ |
| /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if |
| ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or |
| ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in |
| ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. |
| ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the |
| ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal |
| ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to |
| ** worry so much with race conditions. |
| */ |
| *pExists = 1; |
| rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. |
| ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function |
| ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when |
| ** this function is called, it is a no-op. |
| ** |
| ** The following operations are also performed by this function. |
| ** |
| ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held |
| ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a |
| ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining |
| ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, |
| ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal |
| ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking |
| ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and |
| ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. |
| ** |
| ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently |
| ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, |
| ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding |
| ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal |
| ** file. |
| ** |
| ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error |
| ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or |
| ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ |
| |
| /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no |
| ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either |
| ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in |
| ** exclusive access mode. */ |
| assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); |
| assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); |
| |
| if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ |
| int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ |
| |
| assert( !MEMDB ); |
| assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); |
| |
| rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); |
| goto failed; |
| } |
| |
| /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the |
| ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. |
| */ |
| if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ |
| rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); |
| } |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| goto failed; |
| } |
| if( bHotJournal ){ |
| if( pPager->readOnly ){ |
| rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; |
| goto failed; |
| } |
| |
| /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is |
| ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the |
| ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the |
| ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the |
| ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the |
| ** hot-journal back. |
| ** |
| ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any |
| ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to |
| ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock |
| ** on the database file. |
| ** |
| ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is |
| ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. |
| */ |
| rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| goto failed; |
| } |
| |
| /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the |
| ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because |
| ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open |
| ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access |
| ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist |
| ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). |
| ** |
| ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some |
| ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before |
| ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it |
| ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this |
| ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. |
| */ |
| if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ |
| sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; |
| int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ |
| rc = sqlite3OsAccess( |
| pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ |
| int fout = 0; |
| int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; |
| assert( !pPager->tempFile ); |
| rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); |
| assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ |
| rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; |
| sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write |
| ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before |
| ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with |
| ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing |
| ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal |
| ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync |
| ** the journal before playing it back. |
| */ |
| if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ |
| assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); |
| rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile); |
| pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; |
| } |
| }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ |
| pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); |
| } |
| |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open |
| ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The |
| ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock |
| ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be |
| ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for |
| ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). |
| ** |
| ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to |
| ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition |
| ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, |
| ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very |
| ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling |
| ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible |
| ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page |
| ** references. |
| */ |
| pager_error(pPager, rc); |
| goto failed; |
| } |
| |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); |
| assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) |
| || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) |
| ); |
| } |
| |
| if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){ |
| /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to |
| ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed, |
| ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from |
| ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a |
| ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up. |
| ** |
| ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning |
| ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are |
| ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The |
| ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when |
| ** a codec is in use. |
| ** |
| ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be |
| ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that |
| ** it can be neglected. |
| */ |
| char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; |
| |
| IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); |
| rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ |
| goto failed; |
| } |
| memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); |
| } |
| |
| if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ |
| pager_reset(pPager); |
| |
| /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes |
| ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back |
| ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. |
| ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears |
| ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this |
| ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ |
| if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ |
| sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL |
| ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. |
| */ |
| rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL |
| assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); |
| rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); |
| } |
| |
| if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); |
| } |
| |
| failed: |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| assert( !MEMDB ); |
| pager_unlock(pPager); |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); |
| }else{ |
| pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; |
| pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1; |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active |
| ** transaction and unlock the pager. |
| ** |
| ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in |
| ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is |
| ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. |
| */ |
| static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ |
| if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){ |
| assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */ |
| pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a |
| ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is |
| ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. |
| ** |
| ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending |
| ** on the current state of the pager. |
| ** |
| ** getPageNormal() -- The normal getter |
| ** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state |
| ** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled |
| ** |
| ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. |
| ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data |
| ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may |
| ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing |
| ** object with no outstanding references. |
| ** |
| ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the |
| ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is |
| ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra |
| ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. |
| ** |
| ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if |
| ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the |
| ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no |
| ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the |
| ** page is initialized to all zeros. |
| ** |
| ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about |
| ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: |
| ** |
| ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and |
| ** |
| ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load |
| ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read |
| ** from the savepoint journal. |
| ** |
| ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead |
| ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding |
| ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the |
| ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open |
| ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any |
| ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents |
| ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. |
| ** |
| ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, |
| ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. |
| ** |
| ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt |
| ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already |
| ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() |
| ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it |
| ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. |
| ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks |
| ** or journal files. |
| */ |
| static int getPageNormal( |
| Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ |
| Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ |
| DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ |
| int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ |
| ){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| PgHdr *pPg; |
| u8 noContent; /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */ |
| sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase; |
| |
| assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); |
| assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); |
| |
| if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; |
| pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3); |
| if( pBase==0 ){ |
| pPg = 0; |
| rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; |
| if( pBase==0 ){ |
| rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; |
| goto pager_acquire_err; |
| } |
| } |
| pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase); |
| assert( pPg==(*ppPage) ); |
| assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); |
| assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); |
| |
| noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0; |
| if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ |
| /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of |
| ** the page. Return without further ado. */ |
| assert( pgno!=PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager) ); |
| pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; |
| return SQLITE_OK; |
| |
| }else{ |
| /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to |
| ** be initialized. But first some error checks: |
| ** |
| ** (*) obsolete. Was: maximum page number is 2^31 |
| ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page |
| */ |
| if( pgno==PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ |
| rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; |
| goto pager_acquire_err; |
| } |
| |
| pPg->pPager = pPager; |
| |
| assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB ); |
| if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){ |
| if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ |
| rc = SQLITE_FULL; |
| goto pager_acquire_err; |
| } |
| if( noContent ){ |
| /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. |
| ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a |
| ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure |
| ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set |
| ** a bit in a bit vector. |
| */ |
| sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); |
| if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ |
| TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); |
| testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); |
| } |
| TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); |
| testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); |
| sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); |
| } |
| memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); |
| IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); |
| }else{ |
| assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); |
| pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; |
| rc = readDbPage(pPg); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| goto pager_acquire_err; |
| } |
| } |
| pager_set_pagehash(pPg); |
| } |
| return SQLITE_OK; |
| |
| pager_acquire_err: |
| assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); |
| if( pPg ){ |
| sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); |
| } |
| pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); |
| *ppPage = 0; |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 |
| /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */ |
| static int getPageMMap( |
| Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ |
| Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ |
| DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ |
| int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ |
| ){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| PgHdr *pPg = 0; |
| u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ |
| |
| /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except |
| ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY |
| ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a |
| ** temporary or in-memory database. */ |
| const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 |
| && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) |
| ); |
| |
| assert( USEFETCH(pPager) ); |
| |
| /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here |
| ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" |
| ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the |
| ** common case where pgno is large. */ |
| if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){ |
| return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; |
| } |
| assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); |
| assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); |
| |
| if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| *ppPage = 0; |
| return rc; |
| } |
| } |
| if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ |
| void *pData = 0; |
| rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, |
| (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData |
| ); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ |
| if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){ |
| pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); |
| } |
| if( pPg==0 ){ |
| rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); |
| }else{ |
| sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); |
| } |
| if( pPg ){ |
| assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); |
| *ppPage = pPg; |
| return SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| } |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| *ppPage = 0; |
| return rc; |
| } |
| } |
| return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); |
| } |
| #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ |
| |
| /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */ |
| static int getPageError( |
| Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ |
| Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ |
| DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ |
| int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ |
| ){ |
| UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno); |
| UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); |
| assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); |
| *ppPage = 0; |
| return pPager->errCode; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerGet( |
| Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ |
| Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ |
| DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ |
| int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ |
| ){ |
| /* printf("PAGE %u\n", pgno); fflush(stdout); */ |
| return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do |
| ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, |
| ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. |
| ** |
| ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine |
| ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read |
| ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine |
| ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error |
| ** has ever happened. |
| */ |
| DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ |
| sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; |
| assert( pPager!=0 ); |
| assert( pgno!=0 ); |
| assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); |
| pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0); |
| assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ); |
| if( pPage==0 ) return 0; |
| return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Release a page reference. |
| ** |
| ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be |
| ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page. |
| ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first |
| ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1. |
| ** |
| ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1. This latter routine |
| ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of |
| ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock. |
| */ |
| void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ |
| TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; ) |
| assert( pPg!=0 ); |
| if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ |
| assert( pPg->pgno!=1 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */ |
| pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); |
| }else{ |
| sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); |
| } |
| /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */ |
| assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); |
| } |
| void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ |
| if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); |
| } |
| void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){ |
| Pager *pPager; |
| assert( pPg!=0 ); |
| assert( pPg->pgno==1 ); |
| assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */ |
| pPager = pPg->pPager; |
| sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); |
| pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. |
| ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database |
| ** file when this routine is called. |
| ** |
| ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header |
| ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal |
| ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being |
| ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used |
| ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. |
| ** |
| ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), |
| ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the |
| ** already open file. |
| ** |
| ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the |
| ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. |
| ** |
| ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return |
| ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or |
| ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. |
| */ |
| static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ |
| sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ |
| |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); |
| |
| /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on |
| ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in |
| ** an error state. */ |
| if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; |
| |
| if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ |
| pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); |
| if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ |
| return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; |
| } |
| |
| /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ |
| if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ |
| if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ |
| sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); |
| }else{ |
| int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE; |
| int nSpill; |
| |
| if( pPager->tempFile ){ |
| flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL); |
| nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; |
| }else{ |
| flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; |
| nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager); |
| } |
| |
| /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when |
| ** it was originally opened. */ |
| rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| rc = sqlite3JournalOpen ( |
| pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill |
| ); |
| } |
| } |
| assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open |
| ** the sub-journal if necessary. |
| */ |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ |
| pPager->nRec = 0; |
| pPager->journalOff = 0; |
| pPager->setSuper = 0; |
| pPager->journalHdr = 0; |
| rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); |
| pPager->pInJournal = 0; |
| }else{ |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); |
| pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; |
| } |
| |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a |
| ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. |
| ** |
| ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED |
| ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least |
| ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking |
| ** functions need be called. |
| ** |
| ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened |
| ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This |
| ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when |
| ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a |
| ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required |
| ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, |
| ** or using a temporary file otherwise. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| |
| if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; |
| assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); |
| pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; |
| |
| if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ |
| assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); |
| |
| if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an |
| ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. |
| */ |
| if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ |
| rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| return rc; |
| } |
| (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); |
| } |
| |
| /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to |
| ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. |
| ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already |
| ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. |
| */ |
| rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); |
| }else{ |
| /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter |
| ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The |
| ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE |
| ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. |
| */ |
| rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ |
| rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. |
| ** |
| ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD |
| ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. |
| ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint |
| ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database |
| ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in |
| ** WAL mode. |
| */ |
| pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; |
| pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; |
| pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; |
| pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; |
| pPager->journalOff = 0; |
| } |
| |
| assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); |
| assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| } |
| |
| PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal. |
| */ |
| static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ |
| Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; |
| int rc; |
| u32 cksum; |
| char *pData2; |
| i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; |
| |
| /* We should never write to the journal file the page that |
| ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies |
| ** that we do not. */ |
| assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager) ); |
| |
| assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); |
| pData2 = pPg->pData; |
| cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); |
| |
| /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the |
| ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. |
| ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in |
| ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored |
| ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, |
| ** then corruption may follow. |
| */ |
| pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; |
| |
| rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; |
| rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; |
| rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; |
| |
| IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, |
| pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); |
| PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); |
| PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", |
| PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, |
| ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); |
| |
| pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; |
| pPager->nRec++; |
| assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); |
| rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); |
| testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); |
| assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); |
| rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); |
| assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the |
| ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into |
| ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the |
| ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs |
| ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. |
| */ |
| static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ |
| Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| |
| /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already |
| ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. |
| ** It is never called in the ERROR state. |
| */ |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED |
| || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD |
| || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD |
| ); |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); |
| assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); |
| CHECK_PAGE(pPg); |
| |
| /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already |
| ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the |
| ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. |
| ** |
| ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. |
| ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then |
| ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state |
| ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. |
| */ |
| if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ |
| rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; |
| } |
| assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| |
| /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */ |
| sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); |
| |
| /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about |
| ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off |
| ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC. |
| */ |
| assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); |
| if( pPager->pInJournal!=0 |
| && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0 |
| ){ |
| assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); |
| if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ |
| rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| return rc; |
| } |
| }else{ |
| if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ |
| pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; |
| } |
| PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", |
| PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, |
| ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list |
| ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now, |
| ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the |
| ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. |
| */ |
| pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; |
| |
| /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, |
| ** then write the page into the statement journal. |
| */ |
| if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){ |
| rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); |
| } |
| |
| /* Update the database size and return. */ |
| if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ |
| pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size |
| ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that |
| ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of |
| ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of |
| ** a write. |
| ** |
| ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which |
| ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the |
| ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size. |
| */ |
| static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ |
| Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ |
| Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ |
| int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ |
| int ii; /* Loop counter */ |
| int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ |
| Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */ |
| Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); |
| |
| /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow |
| ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by |
| ** this function. |
| */ |
| assert( !MEMDB ); |
| assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); |
| pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; |
| |
| /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are |
| ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier |
| ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. |
| */ |
| pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; |
| |
| nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; |
| if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ |
| nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; |
| }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ |
| nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; |
| }else{ |
| nPage = nPagePerSector; |
| } |
| assert(nPage>0); |
| assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); |
| assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); |
| |
| for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ |
| Pgno pg = pg1+ii; |
| PgHdr *pPage; |
| if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ |
| if( pg!=PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ |
| rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| rc = pager_write(pPage); |
| if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ |
| needSync = 1; |
| } |
| sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); |
| } |
| } |
| }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ |
| if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ |
| needSync = 1; |
| } |
| sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages |
| ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because |
| ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the |
| ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them |
| ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. |
| */ |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ |
| assert( !MEMDB ); |
| for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ |
| PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii); |
| if( pPage ){ |
| pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; |
| sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); |
| pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before |
| ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value |
| ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless |
| ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. |
| ** |
| ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this |
| ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages |
| ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages |
| ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. |
| ** |
| ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned |
| ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ |
| Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; |
| assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); |
| assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){ |
| if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); |
| return SQLITE_OK; |
| }else if( pPager->errCode ){ |
| return pPager->errCode; |
| }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ |
| assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); |
| return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg); |
| }else{ |
| return pager_write(pPg); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed |
| ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok |
| ** to change the content of the page. |
| */ |
| #ifndef NDEBUG |
| int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ |
| return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* |
| ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to |
| ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though |
| ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when |
| ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its |
| ** content no longer matters. |
| ** |
| ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data |
| ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so |
| ** that it does not get written to disk. |
| ** |
| ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large |
| ** DELETE operations. |
| ** |
| ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may |
| ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if |
| ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need |
| ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the |
| ** current transaction is rolled back. |
| */ |
| void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ |
| Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; |
| if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ |
| PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); |
| IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) |
| pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; |
| pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE; |
| testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ); |
| pager_set_pagehash(pPg); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file |
| ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at |
| ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at |
| ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. |
| ** |
| ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. |
| ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. |
| ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an |
| ** unconditional update of the change counters. |
| ** |
| ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling |
| ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the |
| ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current |
| ** transaction is committed. |
| ** |
| ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled |
| ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, |
| ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly |
| ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the |
| ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. |
| */ |
| static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD |
| || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD |
| ); |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| |
| /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the |
| ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect |
| ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter |
| ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. |
| ** |
| ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not |
| ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of |
| ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the |
| ** "if( isDirect )" condition. |
| */ |
| #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE |
| # define DIRECT_MODE 0 |
| assert( isDirectMode==0 ); |
| UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); |
| #else |
| # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode |
| #endif |
| |
| if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ |
| PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ |
| |
| assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); |
| |
| /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ |
| rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0); |
| assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); |
| |
| /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not |
| ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in |
| ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() |
| ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. |
| */ |
| if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ |
| rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); |
| } |
| |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ |
| pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); |
| |
| /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ |
| if( DIRECT_MODE ){ |
| const void *zBuf; |
| assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); |
| zBuf = pPgHdr->pData; |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); |
| pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; |
| } |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the |
| ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be |
| ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ |
| const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; |
| memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); |
| pPager->changeCountDone = 1; |
| } |
| }else{ |
| pPager->changeCountDone = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Release the page reference. */ |
| sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases |
| ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. |
| ** |
| ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this |
| ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| void *pArg = (void*)zSuper; |
| rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ |
| assert( !MEMDB ); |
| rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in |
| ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. |
| ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on |
| ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. |
| ** |
| ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is |
| ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. |
| ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is |
| ** returned. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ |
| int rc = pPager->errCode; |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD |
| || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD |
| || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED |
| ); |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); |
| } |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zSuper points to the name |
| ** of a super-journal file that should be written into the individual |
| ** journal file. zSuper may be NULL, which is interpreted as no |
| ** super-journal (a single database transaction). |
| ** |
| ** This routine ensures that: |
| ** |
| ** * The database file change-counter is updated, |
| ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), |
| ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, |
| ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and |
| ** * the database file synced. |
| ** |
| ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize |
| ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or |
| ** delete the super-journal file if specified). |
| ** |
| ** Note that if zSuper==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value |
| ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. |
| ** |
| ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself |
| ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to |
| ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the |
| ** journal file in this case. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( |
| Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ |
| const char *zSuper, /* If not NULL, the super-journal name */ |
| int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ |
| ){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ |
| |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED |
| || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD |
| || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD |
| || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR |
| ); |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| |
| /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ |
| if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; |
| |
| /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */ |
| if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR; |
| |
| PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zSuper=%s nSize=%d\n", |
| pPager->zFilename, zSuper, pPager->dbSize)); |
| |
| /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ |
| if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; |
| |
| assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); |
| if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){ |
| /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this |
| ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any |
| ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */ |
| sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); |
| }else{ |
| PgHdr *pList; |
| if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; |
| pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); |
| if( pList==0 ){ |
| /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. |
| ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ |
| rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0); |
| pList = pPageOne; |
| pList->pDirty = 0; |
| } |
| assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); |
| if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ |
| rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); |
| } |
| sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); |
| } |
| }else{ |
| /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method |
| ** should be used. No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write |
| ** is enabled. |
| */ |
| #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE |
| sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; |
| int bBatch = zSuper==0 /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */ |
| && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) |
| && !pPager->noSync |
| && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd); |
| #else |
| # define bBatch 0 |
| #endif |
| |
| #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE |
| /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it |
| ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization |
| ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the |
| ** runtime criteria to use the operation: |
| ** |
| ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for |
| ** blocks of size page-size, and |
| ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and |
| ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. |
| ** |
| ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the |
| ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change |
| ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but |
| ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() |
| ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call |
| ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect |
| ** mode. |
| ** |
| ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, |
| ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter |
| ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be |
| ** created for this transaction. |
| */ |
| if( bBatch==0 ){ |
| PgHdr *pPg; |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) |
| || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF |
| || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL |
| ); |
| if( !zSuper && isOpen(pPager->jfd) |
| && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) |
| && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize |
| && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) |
| ){ |
| /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The |
| ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 |
| ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 |
| ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write |
| ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. |
| */ |
| rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); |
| }else{ |
| rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| #else /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */ |
| #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE |
| if( zSuper ){ |
| rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; |
| assert( bBatch==0 ); |
| } |
| #endif |
| rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); |
| #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */ |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; |
| |
| /* Write the super-journal name into the journal file. If a |
| ** super-journal file name has already been written to the journal file, |
| ** or if zSuper is NULL (no super-journal), then this call is a no-op. |
| */ |
| rc = writeSuperJournal(pPager, zSuper); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; |
| |
| /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. |
| ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not |
| ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. |
| ** |
| ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the |
| ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the |
| ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive |
| ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is |
| ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant |
| ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. |
| */ |
| rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; |
| |
| pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); |
| #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE |
| if( bBatch ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); |
| } |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ |
| rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); |
| goto commit_phase_one_exit; |
| } |
| bBatch = 0; |
| }else{ |
| sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); |
| } |
| } |
| #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */ |
| |
| if( bBatch==0 ){ |
| rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList); |
| } |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); |
| goto commit_phase_one_exit; |
| } |
| sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); |
| |
| /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use |
| ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database |
| ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the |
| ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the |
| ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file |
| ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ |
| if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ |
| Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager)); |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); |
| rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; |
| } |
| |
| /* Finally, sync the database file. */ |
| if( !noSync ){ |
| rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zSuper); |
| } |
| IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) |
| } |
| } |
| |
| commit_phase_one_exit: |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* |
| ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely |
| ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and |
| ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system |
| ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually |
| ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. |
| ** |
| ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, |
| ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used |
| ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is |
| ** irrevocably committed. |
| ** |
| ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager |
| ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ |
| |
| /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. |
| ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get |
| ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ |
| if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; |
| pPager->iDataVersion++; |
| |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED |
| || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED |
| || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) |
| ); |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| |
| /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during |
| ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is |
| ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. |
| ** |
| ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal |
| ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as |
| ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made |
| ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal |
| ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need |
| ** to drop any locks either. |
| */ |
| if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED |
| && pPager->exclusiveMode |
| && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST |
| ){ |
| assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); |
| pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; |
| return SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| |
| PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); |
| rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 1); |
| return pager_error(pPager, rc); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the |
| ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. |
| ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR |
| ** state if an error occurs. |
| ** |
| ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, |
| ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. |
| ** |
| ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: |
| ** |
| ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and |
| ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction |
| ** was opened, and |
| ** |
| ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot |
| ** rollback at any point in the future. |
| ** |
| ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the |
| ** rollback is successful. |
| ** |
| ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the |
| ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to |
| ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or |
| ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ |
| PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); |
| |
| /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If |
| ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not |
| ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. |
| */ |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; |
| if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; |
| |
| if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| int rc2; |
| rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); |
| rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 0); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; |
| }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ |
| int eState = pPager->eState; |
| rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); |
| if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ |
| /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error |
| ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. |
| ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. |
| */ |
| pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; |
| pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; |
| setGetterMethod(pPager); |
| return rc; |
| } |
| }else{ |
| rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); |
| } |
| |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); |
| assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT |
| || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR |
| || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN |
| ); |
| |
| /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager |
| ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. |
| */ |
| return pager_error(pPager, rc); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE |
| ** if the database is (in theory) writable. |
| */ |
| u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ |
| return pPager->readOnly; |
| } |
| |
| #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG |
| /* |
| ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ |
| return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently |
| ** used by the pager and its associated cache. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ |
| int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra |
| + (int)(sizeof(PgHdr) + 5*sizeof(void*)); |
| return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) |
| + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) |
| + pPager->pageSize; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return the number of references to the specified page. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ |
| return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); |
| } |
| |
| #ifdef SQLITE_TEST |
| /* |
| ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. |
| */ |
| int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ |
| static int a[11]; |
| a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); |
| a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); |
| a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); |
| a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; |
| a[4] = pPager->eState; |
| a[5] = pPager->errCode; |
| a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; |
| a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; |
| a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ |
| a[9] = pPager->nRead; |
| a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; |
| return a; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* |
| ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE, |
| ** or _WRITE+1. The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation |
| ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL. The _SPILL case is not contiguous because |
| ** it was added later. |
| ** |
| ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the |
| ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the |
| ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before |
| ** returning. |
| */ |
| void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ |
| |
| assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT |
| || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS |
| || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE |
| || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 |
| ); |
| |
| assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); |
| assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); |
| assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 |
| && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 ); |
| |
| eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT; |
| *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat]; |
| if( reset ){ |
| pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ |
| return pPager->tempFile || pPager->memVfs; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are |
| ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints |
| ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already |
| ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. |
| ** |
| ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error |
| ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is |
| ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. |
| */ |
| static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ |
| int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ |
| int ii; /* Iterator variable */ |
| PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ |
| |
| assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); |
| |
| /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM |
| ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a |
| ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. |
| */ |
| aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( |
| pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint |
| ); |
| if( !aNew ){ |
| return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; |
| } |
| memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); |
| pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; |
| |
| /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ |
| for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ |
| aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; |
| if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ |
| aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; |
| }else{ |
| aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); |
| } |
| aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; |
| aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); |
| aNew[ii].bTruncateOnRelease = 1; |
| if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ |
| return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; |
| } |
| if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); |
| } |
| pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; |
| } |
| assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); |
| assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); |
| return rc; |
| } |
| int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ |
| assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| |
| if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){ |
| return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint); |
| }else{ |
| return SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* |
| ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. |
| ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently |
| ** created savepoint. |
| ** |
| ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. |
| ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with |
| ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes |
| ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. |
| ** |
| ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter |
| ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint |
| ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate |
| ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than |
| ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. |
| ** |
| ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current |
| ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling |
| ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate |
| ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the |
| ** contents of the database to its original state. |
| ** |
| ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint |
| ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), |
| ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. |
| ** |
| ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, |
| ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a |
| ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ |
| int rc = pPager->errCode; |
| |
| #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS |
| if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| #endif |
| |
| assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); |
| assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); |
| |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ |
| int ii; /* Iterator variable */ |
| int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ |
| |
| /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this |
| ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated |
| ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. |
| */ |
| nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); |
| for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ |
| sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); |
| } |
| pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; |
| |
| /* Truncate the sub-journal so that it only includes the parts |
| ** that are still in use. */ |
| if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ |
| PagerSavepoint *pRel = &pPager->aSavepoint[nNew]; |
| if( pRel->bTruncateOnRelease && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ |
| /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ |
| if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ |
| i64 sz = (pPager->pageSize+4)*(i64)pRel->iSubRec; |
| rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, sz); |
| assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); |
| } |
| pPager->nSubRec = pRel->iSubRec; |
| } |
| } |
| /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. |
| ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has |
| ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to |
| ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. |
| */ |
| else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ |
| PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; |
| rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); |
| assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); |
| } |
| |
| #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS |
| /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled |
| ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way, |
| ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction |
| ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */ |
| else if( |
| pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF |
| && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD |
| ){ |
| pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; |
| pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; |
| setGetterMethod(pPager); |
| } |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return the full pathname of the database file. |
| ** |
| ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if |
| ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when |
| ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy |
| ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to |
| ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can |
| ** participate in shared-cache. |
| ** |
| ** The return value to this routine is always safe to use with |
| ** sqlite3_uri_parameter() and sqlite3_filename_database() and friends. |
| */ |
| const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ |
| static const char zFake[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; |
| return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? &zFake[4] : pPager->zFilename; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. |
| */ |
| sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ |
| return pPager->pVfs; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return the file handle for the database file associated |
| ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has |
| ** not yet been opened. |
| */ |
| sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ |
| return pPager->fd; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists). |
| ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file. |
| */ |
| sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){ |
| #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL |
| return pPager->jfd; |
| #else |
| return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd; |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. |
| */ |
| const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ |
| return pPager->zJournal; |
| } |
| |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM |
| /* |
| ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. |
| ** |
| ** There must be no references to the page previously located at |
| ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be |
| ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already |
| ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. |
| ** |
| ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any |
| ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes |
| ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. |
| ** |
| ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be |
| ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction |
| ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement |
| ** transaction is active). |
| ** |
| ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being |
| ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction |
| ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page |
| ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. |
| ** |
| ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error |
| ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ |
| PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ |
| Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ |
| int rc; /* Return code */ |
| Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ |
| |
| assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD |
| || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD |
| ); |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| |
| /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal |
| ** the page we are moving from. |
| */ |
| assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB ); |
| if( pPager->tempFile ){ |
| rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); |
| if( rc ) return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest |
| ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the |
| ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: |
| ** |
| ** BEGIN; |
| ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> |
| ** SAVEPOINT one; |
| ** <Move page X to location Y> |
| ** ROLLBACK TO one; |
| ** |
| ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not |
| ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" |
| ** statement were is processed. |
| ** |
| ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into |
| ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function |
| ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. |
| */ |
| if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 |
| && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg)) |
| ){ |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", |
| PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); |
| IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) |
| |
| /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can |
| ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. |
| ** |
| ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that |
| ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno |
| ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. |
| */ |
| if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ |
| needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; |
| assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || |
| pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); |
| assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); |
| } |
| |
| /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it |
| ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for |
| ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained |
| ** for the page moved there. |
| */ |
| pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; |
| pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); |
| assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 || CORRUPT_DB ); |
| if( pPgOld ){ |
| if( NEVER(pPgOld->nRef>1) ){ |
| sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); |
| return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; |
| } |
| pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); |
| if( pPager->tempFile ){ |
| /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might |
| ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ |
| sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); |
| }else{ |
| sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| origPgno = pPg->pgno; |
| sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); |
| sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); |
| |
| /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues |
| ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld |
| ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. |
| */ |
| if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){ |
| sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); |
| sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); |
| } |
| |
| if( needSyncPgno ){ |
| /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be |
| ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. |
| ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the |
| ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by |
| ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC |
| ** flag. |
| ** |
| ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due |
| ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] |
| ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in |
| ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before |
| ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in |
| ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. |
| */ |
| PgHdr *pPgHdr; |
| rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ |
| assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); |
| sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; |
| sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); |
| sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); |
| } |
| |
| return SQLITE_OK; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /* |
| ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page |
| ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's |
| ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to |
| ** the value passed as the third parameter. |
| */ |
| void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ |
| assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew ); |
| pPg->flags = flags; |
| sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. |
| */ |
| void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ |
| assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); |
| return pPg->pData; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space |
| ** allocated along with the specified page. |
| */ |
| void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ |
| return pPg->pExtra; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one |
| ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or |
| ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then |
| ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. |
| ** |
| ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or |
| ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) |
| ** locking-mode. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ |
| assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY |
| || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL |
| || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); |
| assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); |
| assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); |
| assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); |
| if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ |
| pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; |
| } |
| return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: |
| ** |
| ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE |
| ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE |
| ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST |
| ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF |
| ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY |
| ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL |
| ** |
| ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. |
| ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: |
| ** |
| ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF |
| ** or _MEMORY. |
| ** |
| ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. |
| ** |
| ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ |
| u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ |
| |
| /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ |
| assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE /* 0 */ |
| || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST /* 1 */ |
| || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF /* 2 */ |
| || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE /* 3 */ |
| || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY /* 4 */ |
| || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL /* 5 */ ); |
| |
| /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and |
| ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed |
| ** to WAL mode. |
| */ |
| assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); |
| |
| /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to |
| ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF |
| */ |
| if( MEMDB ){ |
| assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); |
| if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ |
| eMode = eOld; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if( eMode!=eOld ){ |
| |
| /* Change the journal mode. */ |
| assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); |
| pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; |
| |
| /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal |
| ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, |
| ** delete the journal file. |
| */ |
| assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); |
| assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); |
| assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); |
| assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); |
| assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); |
| assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); |
| |
| assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); |
| if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ |
| /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is |
| ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file |
| ** here is an optimization only. |
| ** |
| ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the |
| ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted |
| ** while it is in use by some other client. |
| */ |
| sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); |
| if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ |
| sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); |
| }else{ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| int state = pPager->eState; |
| assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); |
| if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ |
| rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); |
| } |
| if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ |
| assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); |
| rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); |
| } |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); |
| } |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ |
| pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); |
| }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ |
| pager_unlock(pPager); |
| } |
| assert( state==pPager->eState ); |
| } |
| }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ |
| sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Return the new journal mode */ |
| return (int)pPager->journalMode; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return the current journal mode. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ |
| return (int)pPager->journalMode; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the |
| ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database |
| ** is unmodified. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; |
| if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. |
| ** |
| ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. |
| ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. |
| */ |
| i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ |
| if( iLimit>=-1 ){ |
| pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; |
| sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); |
| } |
| return pPager->journalSizeLimit; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module |
| ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module |
| ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and |
| ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. |
| */ |
| sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ |
| return &pPager->pBackup; |
| } |
| |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM |
| /* |
| ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. |
| */ |
| void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ |
| assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); |
| if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| |
| #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL |
| /* |
| ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", |
| ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() |
| ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. |
| ** |
| ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint( |
| Pager *pPager, /* Checkpoint on this pager */ |
| sqlite3 *db, /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */ |
| int eMode, /* Type of checkpoint */ |
| int *pnLog, /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */ |
| int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */ |
| ){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| if( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ |
| /* This only happens when a database file is zero bytes in size opened and |
| ** then "PRAGMA journal_mode=WAL" is run and then sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() |
| ** is invoked without any intervening transactions. We need to start |
| ** a transaction to initialize pWal. The PRAGMA table_list statement is |
| ** used for this since it starts transactions on every database file, |
| ** including all ATTACHed databases. This seems expensive for a single |
| ** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() call, but it happens very rarely. |
| ** https://sqlite.org/forum/forumpost/fd0f19d229156939 |
| */ |
| sqlite3_exec(db, "PRAGMA table_list",0,0,0); |
| } |
| if( pPager->pWal ){ |
| rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode, |
| (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler), |
| pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, |
| pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, |
| pnLog, pnCkpt |
| ); |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ |
| return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the |
| ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ |
| const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; |
| if( pPager->noLock ) return 0; |
| return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock |
| ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. |
| */ |
| static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ |
| int rc; /* Return code */ |
| |
| assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); |
| rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); |
| if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ |
| /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the |
| ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ |
| pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); |
| } |
| |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in |
| ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE |
| ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index |
| ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. |
| */ |
| static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| |
| assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); |
| assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); |
| |
| /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use |
| ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory |
| ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL |
| ** file, to make sure this is safe. |
| */ |
| if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ |
| rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); |
| } |
| |
| /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, |
| ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. |
| */ |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, |
| pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, |
| pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal |
| ); |
| } |
| pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); |
| |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /* |
| ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call |
| ** this function. |
| ** |
| ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database |
| ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file |
| ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, |
| ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does |
| ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is |
| ** not modified in either case. |
| ** |
| ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if |
| ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK |
| ** without doing anything. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( |
| Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ |
| int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ |
| ){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ |
| |
| assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); |
| assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); |
| assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); |
| assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); |
| |
| if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ |
| if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; |
| |
| /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ |
| sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); |
| |
| rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; |
| pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; |
| } |
| }else{ |
| *pbOpen = 1; |
| } |
| |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior |
| ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. |
| ** |
| ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an |
| ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an |
| ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. |
| ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| |
| assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); |
| |
| /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, |
| ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to |
| ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. |
| */ |
| if( !pPager->pWal ){ |
| int logexists = 0; |
| rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| rc = sqlite3OsAccess( |
| pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists |
| ); |
| } |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ |
| rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on |
| ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. |
| */ |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ |
| rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); |
| if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ |
| rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, |
| pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); |
| pPager->pWal = 0; |
| pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); |
| if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); |
| } |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT |
| /* |
| ** If pager pPager is a wal-mode database not in exclusive locking mode, |
| ** invoke the sqlite3WalWriteLock() function on the associated Wal object |
| ** with the same db and bLock parameters as were passed to this function. |
| ** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager *pPager, int bLock){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->exclusiveMode==0 ){ |
| rc = sqlite3WalWriteLock(pPager->pWal, bLock); |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Set the database handle used by the wal layer to determine if |
| ** blocking locks are required. |
| */ |
| void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ |
| if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ |
| sqlite3WalDb(pPager->pWal, db); |
| } |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT |
| /* |
| ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot |
| ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; |
| if( pPager->pWal ){ |
| rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot); |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a |
| ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it |
| ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen( |
| Pager *pPager, |
| sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot |
| ){ |
| int rc = SQLITE_OK; |
| if( pPager->pWal ){ |
| sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); |
| }else{ |
| rc = SQLITE_ERROR; |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this |
| ** is not a WAL database, return an error. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){ |
| int rc; |
| if( pPager->pWal ){ |
| rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal); |
| }else{ |
| rc = SQLITE_ERROR; |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database. |
| ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise, |
| ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then |
| ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still |
| ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned. |
| ** |
| ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if |
| ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error |
| ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER |
| ** lock is released before returning. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ |
| int rc; |
| if( pPager->pWal ){ |
| rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); |
| }else{ |
| rc = SQLITE_ERROR; |
| } |
| return rc; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to |
| ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(). |
| */ |
| void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager){ |
| assert( pPager->pWal ); |
| sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager->pWal); |
| } |
| |
| #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ |
| #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ |
| |
| #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS |
| /* |
| ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If |
| ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more |
| ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the |
| ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file |
| ** is empty, return 0. |
| */ |
| int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ |
| assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); |
| return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ |